/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc-es/debian-edu-jessie-manual.html is in debian-edu-doc-es 1.6~20170429+deb8u4.
This file is owned by root:root, with mode 0o644.
The actual contents of the file can be viewed below.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 110 111 112 113 114 115 116 117 118 119 120 121 122 123 124 125 126 127 128 129 130 131 132 133 134 135 136 137 138 139 140 141 142 143 144 145 146 147 148 149 150 151 152 153 154 155 156 157 158 159 160 161 162 163 164 165 166 167 168 169 170 171 172 173 174 175 176 177 178 179 180 181 182 183 184 185 186 187 188 189 190 191 192 193 194 195 196 197 198 199 200 201 202 203 204 205 206 207 208 209 210 211 212 213 214 215 216 217 218 219 220 221 222 223 224 225 226 227 228 229 230 231 232 233 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 242 243 244 245 246 247 248 249 250 251 252 253 254 255 256 257 258 259 260 261 262 263 264 265 266 267 268 269 270 271 272 273 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 281 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 289 290 291 292 293 294 295 296 297 298 299 300 301 302 303 304 305 306 307 308 309 310 311 312 313 314 315 316 317 318 319 320 321 322 323 324 325 326 327 328 329 330 331 332 333 334 335 336 337 338 339 340 341 342 343 344 345 346 347 348 349 350 351 352 353 354 355 356 357 358 359 360 361 362 363 364 365 366 367 368 369 370 371 372 373 374 375 376 377 378 379 380 381 382 383 384 385 386 387 388 389 390 391 392 393 394 395 396 397 398 399 400 401 402 403 404 405 406 407 408 409 410 411 412 413 414 415 416 417 418 419 420 421 422 423 424 425 426 427 428 429 430 431 432 433 434 435 436 437 438 439 440 441 442 443 444 445 446 447 448 449 450 451 452 453 454 455 456 457 458 459 460 461 462 463 464 465 466 467 468 469 470 471 472 473 474 475 476 477 478 479 480 481 482 483 484 485 486 487 488 489 490 491 492 493 494 495 496 497 498 499 500 501 502 503 504 505 506 507 508 509 510 511 512 513 514 515 516 517 518 519 520 521 522 523 524 525 526 527 528 529 530 531 532 533 534 535 536 537 538 539 540 541 542 543 544 545 546 547 548 549 550 551 552 553 554 555 556 557 558 559 560 561 562 563 564 565 566 567 568 569 570 571 572 573 574 575 576 577 578 579 580 581 582 583 584 585 586 587 588 589 590 591 592 593 594 595 596 597 598 599 600 601 602 603 604 605 606 607 608 609 610 611 612 613 614 615 616 617 618 619 620 621 622 623 624 625 626 627 628 629 630 631 632 633 634 635 636 637 638 639 640 641 642 643 644 645 646 647 648 649 650 651 652 653 654 655 656 657 658 659 660 661 662 663 664 665 666 667 668 669 670 671 672 673 674 675 676 677 678 679 680 681 682 683 684 685 686 687 688 689 690 691 692 693 694 695 696 697 698 699 700 701 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 710 711 712 713 714 715 716 717 718 719 720 721 722 723 724 725 726 727 728 729 730 731 732 733 734 735 736 737 738 739 740 741 742 743 744 745 746 747 748 749 750 751 752 753 754 755 756 757 758 759 760 761 762 763 764 765 766 767 768 769 770 771 772 773 774 775 776 777 778 779 780 781 782 783 784 785 786 787 788 789 790 791 792 793 794 795 796 797 798 799 800 801 802 803 804 805 806 807 808 809 810 811 812 813 814 815 816 817 818 819 820 821 822 823 824 825 826 827 828 829 830 831 832 833 834 835 836 837 838 839 840 841 842 843 844 845 846 847 848 849 850 851 852 853 854 855 856 857 858 859 860 861 862 863 864 865 866 867 868 869 870 871 872 873 874 875 876 877 878 879 880 881 882 883 884 885 886 887 888 889 890 891 892 893 894 895 896 897 898 899 900 901 902 903 904 905 906 907 908 909 910 911 912 913 914 915 916 917 918 919 920 921 922 923 924 925 926 927 928 929 930 931 932 933 934 935 936 937 938 939 940 941 942 943 944 945 946 947 948 949 950 951 952 953 954 955 956 957 958 959 960 961 962 963 964 965 966 967 968 969 970 971 972 973 974 975 976 977 978 979 980 981 982 983 984 985 986 987 988 989 990 991 992 993 994 995 996 997 998 999 1000 1001 1002 1003 1004 1005 1006 1007 1008 1009 1010 1011 1012 1013 1014 1015 1016 1017 1018 1019 1020 1021 1022 1023 1024 1025 1026 1027 1028 1029 1030 1031 1032 1033 1034 1035 1036 1037 1038 1039 1040 1041 1042 1043 1044 1045 1046 1047 1048 1049 1050 1051 1052 1053 1054 1055 1056 1057 1058 1059 1060 1061 1062 1063 1064 1065 1066 1067 1068 1069 1070 1071 1072 1073 1074 1075 1076 1077 1078 1079 1080 1081 1082 1083 1084 1085 1086 1087 1088 1089 1090 1091 1092 1093 1094 1095 1096 1097 1098 1099 1100 1101 1102 1103 1104 1105 1106 1107 1108 1109 1110 1111 1112 1113 1114 1115 1116 1117 1118 1119 1120 1121 1122 1123 1124 1125 1126 1127 1128 1129 1130 1131 1132 1133 1134 1135 1136 1137 1138 1139 1140 1141 1142 1143 1144 1145 1146 1147 1148 1149 1150 1151 1152 1153 1154 1155 1156 1157 1158 1159 1160 1161 1162 1163 1164 1165 1166 1167 1168 1169 1170 1171 1172 1173 1174 1175 1176 1177 1178 1179 1180 1181 1182 1183 1184 1185 1186 1187 1188 1189 1190 1191 1192 1193 1194 1195 1196 1197 1198 1199 1200 1201 1202 1203 1204 1205 1206 1207 1208 1209 1210 1211 1212 1213 1214 1215 1216 1217 1218 1219 1220 1221 1222 1223 1224 1225 1226 1227 1228 1229 1230 1231 1232 1233 1234 1235 1236 1237 1238 1239 1240 1241 1242 1243 1244 1245 1246 1247 1248 1249 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1255 1256 1257 1258 1259 1260 1261 1262 1263 1264 1265 1266 1267 1268 1269 1270 1271 1272 1273 1274 1275 1276 1277 1278 1279 1280 1281 1282 1283 1284 1285 1286 1287 1288 1289 1290 1291 1292 1293 1294 1295 1296 1297 1298 1299 1300 1301 1302 1303 1304 1305 1306 1307 1308 1309 1310 1311 1312 1313 1314 1315 1316 1317 1318 1319 1320 1321 1322 1323 1324 1325 1326 1327 1328 1329 1330 1331 1332 1333 1334 1335 1336 1337 1338 1339 1340 1341 1342 1343 1344 1345 1346 1347 1348 1349 1350 1351 1352 1353 1354 1355 1356 1357 1358 1359 1360 1361 1362 1363 1364 1365 1366 1367 1368 1369 1370 1371 1372 1373 1374 1375 1376 1377 1378 1379 1380 1381 1382 1383 1384 1385 1386 1387 1388 1389 1390 1391 1392 1393 1394 1395 1396 1397 1398 1399 1400 1401 1402 1403 1404 1405 1406 1407 1408 1409 1410 1411 1412 1413 1414 1415 1416 1417 1418 1419 1420 1421 1422 1423 1424 1425 1426 1427 1428 1429 1430 1431 1432 1433 1434 1435 1436 1437 1438 1439 1440 1441 1442 1443 1444 1445 1446 1447 1448 1449 1450 1451 1452 1453 1454 1455 1456 1457 1458 1459 1460 1461 1462 1463 1464 1465 1466 1467 1468 1469 1470 1471 1472 1473 1474 1475 1476 1477 1478 1479 1480 1481 1482 1483 1484 1485 1486 1487 1488 1489 1490 1491 1492 1493 1494 1495 1496 1497 1498 1499 1500 1501 1502 1503 1504 1505 1506 1507 1508 1509 1510 1511 1512 1513 1514 1515 1516 1517 1518 1519 1520 1521 1522 1523 1524 1525 1526 1527 1528 1529 1530 1531 1532 1533 1534 1535 1536 1537 1538 1539 1540 1541 1542 1543 1544 1545 1546 1547 1548 1549 1550 1551 1552 1553 1554 1555 1556 1557 1558 1559 1560 1561 1562 1563 1564 1565 1566 1567 1568 1569 1570 1571 1572 1573 1574 1575 1576 1577 1578 1579 1580 1581 1582 1583 1584 1585 1586 1587 1588 1589 1590 1591 1592 1593 1594 1595 1596 1597 1598 1599 1600 1601 1602 1603 1604 1605 1606 1607 1608 1609 1610 1611 1612 1613 1614 1615 1616 1617 1618 1619 1620 1621 1622 1623 1624 1625 1626 1627 1628 1629 1630 1631 1632 1633 1634 1635 1636 1637 1638 1639 1640 1641 1642 1643 1644 1645 1646 1647 1648 1649 1650 1651 1652 1653 1654 1655 1656 1657 1658 1659 1660 1661 1662 1663 1664 1665 1666 1667 1668 1669 1670 1671 1672 1673 1674 1675 1676 1677 1678 1679 1680 1681 1682 1683 1684 1685 1686 1687 1688 1689 1690 1691 1692 1693 1694 1695 1696 1697 1698 1699 1700 1701 1702 1703 1704 1705 1706 1707 1708 1709 1710 1711 1712 1713 1714 1715 1716 1717 1718 1719 1720 1721 1722 1723 1724 1725 1726 1727 1728 1729 1730 1731 1732 1733 1734 1735 1736 1737 1738 1739 1740 1741 1742 1743 1744 1745 1746 1747 1748 1749 1750 1751 1752 1753 1754 1755 1756 1757 1758 1759 1760 1761 1762 1763 1764 1765 1766 1767 1768 1769 1770 1771 1772 1773 1774 1775 1776 1777 1778 1779 1780 1781 1782 1783 1784 1785 1786 1787 1788 1789 1790 1791 1792 1793 1794 1795 1796 1797 1798 1799 1800 1801 1802 1803 1804 1805 1806 1807 1808 1809 1810 1811 1812 1813 1814 1815 1816 1817 1818 1819 1820 1821 1822 1823 1824 1825 1826 1827 1828 1829 1830 1831 1832 1833 1834 1835 1836 1837 1838 1839 1840 1841 1842 1843 1844 1845 1846 1847 1848 1849 1850 1851 1852 1853 1854 1855 1856 1857 1858 1859 1860 1861 1862 1863 1864 1865 1866 1867 1868 1869 1870 1871 1872 1873 1874 1875 1876 1877 1878 1879 1880 1881 1882 1883 1884 1885 1886 1887 1888 1889 1890 1891 1892 1893 1894 1895 1896 1897 1898 1899 1900 1901 1902 1903 1904 1905 1906 1907 1908 1909 1910 1911 1912 1913 1914 1915 1916 1917 1918 1919 1920 1921 1922 1923 1924 1925 1926 1927 1928 1929 1930 1931 1932 1933 1934 1935 1936 1937 1938 1939 1940 1941 1942 1943 1944 1945 1946 1947 1948 1949 1950 1951 1952 1953 1954 1955 1956 1957 1958 1959 1960 1961 1962 1963 1964 1965 1966 1967 1968 1969 1970 1971 1972 1973 1974 1975 1976 1977 1978 1979 1980 1981 1982 1983 1984 1985 1986 1987 1988 1989 1990 1991 1992 1993 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 2004 2005 2006 2007 2008 2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018 2019 2020 2021 2022 2023 2024 2025 2026 2027 2028 2029 2030 2031 2032 2033 2034 2035 2036 2037 2038 2039 2040 2041 2042 2043 2044 2045 2046 2047 2048 2049 2050 2051 2052 2053 2054 2055 2056 2057 2058 2059 2060 2061 2062 2063 2064 2065 2066 2067 2068 2069 2070 2071 2072 2073 2074 2075 2076 2077 2078 2079 2080 2081 2082 2083 2084 2085 2086 2087 2088 2089 2090 2091 2092 2093 2094 2095 2096 2097 2098 2099 2100 2101 2102 2103 2104 2105 2106 2107 2108 2109 2110 2111 2112 2113 2114 2115 2116 2117 2118 2119 2120 2121 2122 2123 2124 2125 2126 2127 2128 2129 2130 2131 2132 2133 2134 2135 2136 2137 2138 2139 2140 2141 2142 2143 2144 2145 2146 2147 2148 2149 2150 2151 2152 2153 2154 2155 2156 2157 2158 2159 2160 2161 2162 2163 2164 2165 2166 2167 2168 2169 2170 2171 2172 2173 2174 2175 2176 2177 2178 2179 2180 2181 2182 2183 2184 2185 2186 2187 2188 2189 2190 2191 2192 2193 2194 2195 2196 2197 2198 2199 2200 2201 2202 2203 2204 2205 2206 2207 2208 2209 2210 2211 2212 2213 2214 2215 2216 2217 2218 2219 2220 2221 2222 2223 2224 2225 2226 2227 2228 2229 2230 2231 2232 2233 2234 2235 2236 2237 2238 2239 2240 2241 2242 2243 2244 2245 2246 2247 2248 2249 2250 2251 2252 2253 2254 2255 2256 2257 2258 2259 2260 2261 2262 2263 2264 2265 2266 2267 2268 2269 2270 2271 2272 2273 2274 2275 2276 2277 2278 2279 2280 2281 2282 2283 2284 2285 2286 2287 2288 2289 2290 2291 2292 2293 2294 2295 2296 2297 2298 2299 2300 2301 2302 2303 2304 2305 2306 2307 2308 2309 2310 2311 2312 2313 2314 2315 2316 2317 2318 2319 2320 2321 2322 2323 2324 2325 2326 2327 2328 2329 2330 2331 2332 2333 2334 2335 2336 2337 2338 2339 2340 2341 2342 2343 2344 2345 2346 2347 2348 2349 2350 2351 2352 2353 2354 2355 2356 2357 2358 2359 2360 2361 2362 2363 2364 2365 2366 2367 2368 2369 2370 2371 2372 2373 2374 2375 2376 2377 2378 2379 2380 2381 2382 2383 2384 2385 2386 2387 2388 2389 2390 2391 2392 2393 2394 2395 2396 2397 2398 2399 2400 2401 2402 2403 2404 2405 2406 2407 2408 2409 2410 2411 2412 2413 2414 2415 2416 2417 2418 2419 2420 2421 2422 2423 2424 2425 2426 2427 2428 2429 2430 2431 2432 2433 2434 2435 2436 2437 2438 2439 2440 2441 2442 2443 2444 2445 2446 2447 2448 2449 2450 2451 2452 2453 2454 2455 2456 2457 2458 2459 2460 2461 2462 2463 2464 2465 2466 2467 2468 2469 2470 2471 2472 2473 2474 2475 2476 2477 2478 2479 2480 2481 2482 2483 2484 2485 2486 2487 2488 2489 2490 2491 2492 2493 2494 2495 2496 2497 2498 2499 2500 2501 2502 2503 2504 2505 2506 2507 2508 2509 2510 2511 2512 2513 2514 2515 2516 2517 2518 2519 2520 2521 2522 2523 2524 2525 2526 2527 2528 2529 2530 2531 2532 2533 2534 2535 2536 2537 2538 2539 2540 2541 2542 2543 2544 2545 2546 2547 2548 2549 2550 2551 2552 2553 2554 2555 2556 2557 2558 2559 2560 2561 2562 2563 2564 2565 2566 2567 2568 2569 2570 2571 2572 2573 2574 2575 2576 2577 2578 2579 2580 2581 2582 2583 2584 2585 2586 2587 2588 2589 2590 2591 2592 2593 2594 2595 2596 2597 2598 2599 2600 2601 2602 2603 2604 2605 2606 2607 2608 2609 2610 2611 2612 2613 2614 2615 2616 2617 2618 2619 2620 2621 2622 2623 2624 2625 2626 2627 2628 2629 2630 2631 2632 2633 2634 2635 2636 2637 2638 2639 2640 2641 2642 2643 2644 2645 2646 2647 2648 2649 2650 2651 2652 2653 2654 2655 2656 2657 2658 2659 2660 2661 2662 2663 2664 2665 2666 2667 2668 2669 2670 2671 2672 2673 2674 2675 2676 2677 2678 2679 2680 2681 2682 2683 2684 2685 2686 2687 2688 2689 2690 2691 2692 2693 2694 2695 2696 2697 2698 2699 2700 2701 2702 2703 2704 2705 2706 2707 2708 2709 2710 2711 2712 2713 2714 2715 2716 2717 2718 2719 2720 2721 2722 2723 2724 2725 2726 2727 2728 2729 2730 2731 2732 2733 2734 2735 2736 2737 2738 2739 2740 2741 2742 2743 2744 2745 2746 2747 2748 2749 2750 2751 2752 2753 2754 2755 2756 2757 2758 2759 2760 2761 2762 2763 2764 2765 2766 2767 2768 2769 2770 2771 2772 2773 2774 2775 2776 2777 2778 2779 2780 2781 2782 2783 2784 2785 2786 2787 2788 2789 2790 2791 2792 2793 2794 2795 2796 2797 2798 2799 2800 2801 2802 2803 2804 2805 2806 2807 2808 2809 2810 2811 2812 2813 2814 2815 2816 2817 2818 2819 2820 2821 2822 2823 2824 2825 2826 2827 2828 2829 2830 2831 2832 2833 2834 2835 2836 2837 2838 2839 2840 2841 2842 2843 2844 2845 2846 2847 2848 2849 2850 2851 2852 2853 2854 2855 2856 2857 2858 2859 2860 2861 2862 2863 2864 2865 2866 2867 2868 2869 2870 2871 2872 2873 2874 2875 2876 2877 2878 2879 2880 2881 2882 2883 2884 2885 2886 2887 2888 2889 2890 2891 2892 2893 2894 2895 2896 2897 2898 2899 2900 2901 2902 2903 2904 2905 2906 2907 2908 2909 2910 2911 2912 2913 2914 2915 2916 2917 2918 2919 2920 2921 2922 2923 2924 2925 2926 2927 2928 2929 2930 2931 2932 2933 2934 2935 2936 2937 2938 2939 2940 2941 2942 2943 2944 2945 2946 2947 2948 2949 2950 2951 2952 2953 2954 2955 2956 2957 2958 2959 2960 2961 2962 2963 2964 2965 2966 2967 2968 2969 2970 2971 2972 2973 2974 2975 2976 2977 2978 2979 2980 2981 2982 2983 2984 2985 2986 2987 2988 2989 2990 2991 2992 2993 2994 2995 2996 2997 2998 2999 3000 3001 3002 3003 3004 3005 3006 3007 3008 3009 3010 3011 3012 3013 3014 3015 3016 3017 3018 3019 3020 3021 3022 3023 3024 3025 3026 3027 3028 3029 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 3039 3040 3041 3042 3043 3044 3045 3046 3047 3048 3049 3050 3051 3052 3053 3054 3055 3056 3057 3058 3059 3060 3061 3062 3063 3064 3065 3066 3067 3068 3069 3070 3071 3072 3073 3074 3075 3076 3077 3078 3079 3080 3081 3082 3083 3084 3085 3086 3087 3088 3089 3090 3091 3092 3093 3094 3095 3096 3097 3098 3099 3100 3101 3102 3103 3104 3105 3106 3107 3108 3109 3110 3111 3112 3113 3114 3115 3116 3117 3118 3119 3120 3121 3122 3123 3124 3125 3126 3127 3128 3129 3130 3131 3132 3133 3134 3135 3136 3137 3138 3139 3140 3141 3142 3143 3144 3145 3146 3147 3148 3149 3150 3151 3152 3153 3154 3155 3156 3157 3158 3159 3160 3161 3162 3163 3164 3165 3166 3167 3168 3169 3170 3171 3172 3173 3174 3175 3176 3177 3178 3179 3180 3181 3182 3183 3184 3185 3186 3187 3188 3189 3190 3191 3192 3193 3194 3195 3196 3197 3198 3199 3200 3201 3202 3203 3204 3205 3206 3207 3208 3209 3210 3211 3212 3213 3214 3215 3216 3217 3218 3219 3220 3221 3222 3223 3224 3225 3226 3227 3228 3229 3230 3231 3232 3233 3234 3235 3236 3237 3238 3239 3240 3241 3242 3243 3244 3245 3246 3247 3248 3249 3250 3251 3252 3253 3254 3255 3256 3257 3258 3259 3260 3261 3262 3263 3264 3265 3266 3267 3268 3269 3270 3271 3272 3273 3274 3275 3276 3277 3278 3279 3280 3281 3282 3283 3284 3285 3286 3287 3288 3289 3290 3291 3292 3293 3294 3295 3296 3297 3298 3299 3300 3301 3302 3303 3304 3305 3306 3307 3308 3309 3310 3311 3312 3313 3314 3315 3316 3317 3318 3319 3320 3321 3322 3323 3324 3325 3326 3327 3328 3329 3330 3331 3332 3333 3334 3335 3336 3337 3338 3339 3340 3341 3342 3343 3344 3345 3346 3347 3348 3349 3350 3351 3352 3353 3354 3355 3356 3357 3358 3359 3360 3361 3362 3363 3364 3365 3366 3367 3368 3369 3370 3371 3372 3373 3374 3375 3376 3377 3378 3379 3380 3381 3382 3383 3384 3385 3386 3387 3388 3389 3390 3391 3392 3393 3394 3395 3396 3397 3398 3399 3400 3401 3402 3403 3404 3405 3406 3407 3408 3409 3410 3411 3412 3413 3414 3415 3416 3417 3418 3419 3420 3421 3422 3423 3424 3425 3426 3427 3428 3429 3430 3431 3432 3433 3434 3435 3436 3437 3438 3439 3440 3441 3442 3443 3444 3445 3446 3447 3448 3449 3450 3451 3452 3453 3454 3455 3456 3457 3458 3459 3460 3461 3462 3463 3464 3465 3466 3467 3468 3469 3470 3471 3472 3473 3474 3475 3476 3477 3478 3479 3480 3481 3482 3483 3484 3485 3486 3487 3488 3489 3490 3491 3492 3493 3494 3495 3496 3497 3498 3499 3500 3501 3502 3503 3504 3505 3506 3507 3508 3509 3510 3511 3512 3513 3514 3515 3516 3517 3518 3519 3520 3521 3522 3523 3524 3525 3526 3527 3528 3529 3530 3531 3532 3533 3534 3535 3536 3537 3538 3539 3540 3541 3542 3543 3544 3545 3546 3547 3548 3549 3550 3551 3552 3553 3554 3555 3556 3557 3558 3559 3560 3561 3562 3563 3564 3565 3566 3567 3568 3569 3570 3571 3572 3573 3574 3575 3576 3577 3578 3579 3580 3581 3582 3583 3584 3585 3586 3587 3588 3589 3590 3591 3592 3593 3594 3595 3596 3597 3598 3599 3600 3601 3602 3603 3604 3605 3606 3607 3608 3609 3610 3611 3612 3613 3614 3615 3616 3617 3618 3619 3620 3621 3622 3623 3624 3625 3626 3627 3628 3629 3630 3631 3632 3633 3634 3635 3636 3637 3638 3639 3640 3641 3642 3643 3644 3645 3646 3647 3648 3649 3650 3651 3652 3653 3654 3655 3656 3657 3658 3659 3660 3661 3662 3663 3664 3665 3666 3667 3668 3669 3670 3671 3672 3673 3674 3675 3676 3677 3678 3679 3680 3681 3682 3683 3684 3685 3686 3687 3688 3689 3690 3691 3692 3693 3694 3695 3696 3697 3698 3699 3700 3701 3702 3703 3704 3705 3706 3707 3708 3709 3710 3711 3712 3713 3714 3715 3716 3717 3718 3719 3720 3721 3722 3723 3724 3725 3726 3727 3728 3729 3730 3731 3732 3733 3734 3735 3736 3737 3738 3739 3740 3741 3742 3743 3744 3745 3746 3747 3748 3749 3750 3751 3752 3753 3754 3755 3756 3757 3758 3759 3760 3761 3762 3763 3764 3765 3766 3767 3768 3769 3770 3771 3772 3773 3774 3775 3776 3777 3778 3779 3780 3781 3782 3783 3784 3785 3786 3787 3788 3789 3790 3791 3792 3793 3794 3795 3796 3797 3798 3799 3800 3801 3802 3803 3804 3805 3806 3807 3808 3809 3810 3811 3812 3813 3814 3815 3816 3817 3818 3819 3820 3821 3822 3823 3824 3825 3826 3827 3828 3829 3830 3831 3832 3833 3834 3835 3836 3837 3838 3839 3840 3841 3842 3843 3844 3845 3846 3847 3848 3849 3850 3851 3852 3853 3854 3855 3856 3857 3858 3859 3860 3861 3862 3863 3864 3865 3866 3867 3868 3869 3870 3871 3872 3873 3874 3875 3876 3877 3878 3879 3880 3881 3882 3883 3884 3885 3886 3887 3888 3889 3890 3891 3892 3893 3894 3895 3896 3897 3898 3899 3900 3901 3902 3903 3904 3905 3906 3907 3908 3909 3910 3911 3912 3913 3914 3915 3916 3917 3918 3919 3920 3921 3922 3923 3924 3925 3926 3927 3928 3929 3930 3931 3932 3933 3934 3935 3936 3937 3938 3939 3940 3941 3942 3943 3944 3945 3946 3947 3948 3949 3950 3951 3952 3953 3954 3955 3956 3957 3958 3959 3960 3961 3962 3963 3964 3965 3966 3967 3968 3969 3970 3971 3972 3973 3974 3975 3976 3977 3978 3979 3980 3981 3982 3983 3984 3985 3986 3987 3988 3989 3990 3991 3992 3993 3994 3995 3996 3997 3998 3999 4000 4001 4002 4003 4004 4005 4006 4007 4008 4009 4010 4011 4012 4013 4014 4015 4016 4017 4018 4019 4020 4021 4022 4023 4024 4025 4026 4027 4028 4029 4030 4031 4032 4033 4034 4035 4036 4037 4038 4039 4040 4041 4042 4043 4044 4045 4046 4047 4048 4049 4050 4051 4052 4053 4054 4055 4056 4057 4058 4059 4060 4061 4062 4063 4064 4065 4066 4067 4068 4069 4070 4071 4072 4073 4074 4075 4076 4077 4078 4079 4080 4081 4082 4083 4084 4085 | <?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8" standalone="no"?>
<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"><html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"><head><meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /><title>Debian Edu / Skolelinux Jessie 8+edu1 Manual</title><style type="text/css">
img {
max-width: 100%;
width: auto;
height: auto
}
</style><meta name="generator" content="DocBook XSL Stylesheets V1.78.1" /><link rel="home" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html" title="Debian Edu / Skolelinux Jessie 8+edu1 Manual" /></head><body><div class="navheader"><table width="100%" summary="Navigation header"><tr><th colspan="3" align="center">Debian Edu / Skolelinux Jessie 8+edu1 Manual </th></tr></table><hr /></div><div xml:lang="es" class="article" lang="es"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title"><a id="idm45394315293984"></a>Debian Edu / Skolelinux Jessie 8+edu1 Manual 29/04/2017</h2></div></div><hr /></div><div class="toc"><p><strong>Tabla de contenidos</strong></p><dl class="toc"><dt><span class="section">1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AboutDebianEdu">Manual for Debian Edu 8+edu1 Codename Jessie
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AboutDebianEdu--About_Debian_Edu_and_Skolelinux">Acerca de Debian Edu y Skolelinux.
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">2.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AboutDebianEdu--Some_history_and_why_two_names">Un poco de historia, y el porqué de dos nombres
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture">Arquitectura
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">3.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture--Network">Red
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">3.1.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture--The_default_network_setup">La configuración de red predeterminada
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">3.1.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture--Main_server_.28tjener.29">Servidor principal (tjener)
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">3.1.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture--Services_running_on_the_main_server">Servicios que corren en el servidor principal
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">3.1.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture--LTSP_server.28s.29_.28Thin_client_server.28s.29.29">Servidor(es) LTSP (Servidor(es) de cliente(s) ligero(s))
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">3.1.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture--Thin_clients">Clientes ligeros
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">3.1.6. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture--Diskless_workstations">Estaciones sin disco
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">3.1.7. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture--Networked_clients">Clientes en red.
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">3.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture--Administration">Administración
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">3.2.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture--Installation">Instalación
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">3.2.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture--File_system_access_configuration">Configuración del acceso al sistema de archivos
</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Requirements">Requisitos
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">4.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Requirements--Hardware_requirements">Requisitos de hardware
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">4.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Requirements--Hardware_known_to_work">Hardware conocido que funciona
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Requirements--Requirements_for_network_setup">Requerimientos para una instalación de red
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">5.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Requirements--Default_Setup">Configuración por defecto
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">5.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Requirements--Internet_router">Enrutador de Internet
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">6. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation">Instalación y opciones de descarga
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">6.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--Where_to_find_additional_information">Donde encontrar información adicional
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">6.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--Download_the_installation_media_for_Debian_Edu_8.2B-edu0_Codename_.26quot.3BJessie.26quot.3B">Download the installation media for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename "Jessie"
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">6.2.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--netinstall_CD_image_for_i386.2C_amd64">Imagen en CD de instalación por red para i386, amd64
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">6.2.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--USB_flash_drive_.2BAC8_Blu-ray_disc_ISO_image_for_i386_and_amd64">Imagen ISO para arquitectura i386 y amd64 en dispositivos USB y Blu-ray
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">6.2.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--Sources">Sources
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">6.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--Request_a_CD_.2BAC8_DVD_by_mail">Solicite un CD / DVD por correo
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">6.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--Installing_Debian_Edu">Instalacion de Debian Edu
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">6.4.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--Select_type_of_installation">Seleccione el tipo de instalación
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">6.4.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--The_installation_process">El proceso de instalación
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">6.4.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--Notes_on_some_characteristics">Notas en algunas características
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">6.4.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--Installation_using_USB_flash_drives_instead_of_CD_.2BAC8_Blu-ray_discs">Instalación utilizando memorias USB lugar de CD / Blu-ray
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">6.4.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--Installation_over_the_network_.28PXE.29_and_booting_diskless_clients">Instalación a través de la red (PXE) e inicio de estaciones sin disco.
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">6.4.6. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--Custom_images">Imágenes personalizadas
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">6.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--Screenshot_tour">Captura de pantalla del paseo
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">7. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted">Iniciando
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">7.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Minimum_steps_to_get_started">Pasos mínimos para iniciar
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">7.1.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Services_running_on_the_main_server">Servicios que corren en el servidor principal
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">7.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Introduction_to_GOsa.2BALI-">Introducción a GOsa²
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">7.2.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--GOsa.2BALI-_Login_plus_Overview">GOsa² Login plus Overview
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">7.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--User_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-">Gestión de usuarios con GOsa²
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">7.3.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Adding_users">Agregar usuarios
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">7.3.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Search.2C_modify_and_delete_users">Buscar, modificar y borrar usuarios
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">7.3.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Set_passwords">Establecer contraseñas
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">7.3.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Advanced_user_management">Administración avanzada de usuarios
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">7.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Group_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-">Gestión de usuarios con GOsa²
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">7.4.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Group_Management_on_the_command_line">Gestión de grupos en la linea de comando
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">7.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Machine_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-">Administración de equipos con GOsa²
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">7.5.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Search_and_delete_machines">Buscar y eliminar computadoras
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">7.5.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Modify_existing_machines_.2BAC8_Netgroup_management">Modificar equipos existentes / Manejo del grupo de red
</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">8. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Printer_Management">Printer Management
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">9. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Clock_synchronisation">Sincronización del reloj
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">10. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Extending_full_partitions">Redimensionando particiones completas
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">11. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Maintenance">Maintenance
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">11.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Maintenance--Updating_the_software">Actualizar el software
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">11.1.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Maintenance--Keep_yourself_informed_about_security_updates">Mantente informado sobre actualizaciones de seguridad
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">11.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Maintenance--Backup_Management">Gestión de las copias de seguridad
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">11.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Maintenance--Server_Monitoring">Monitorización del servidor
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">11.3.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Maintenance--Munin">Munin
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">11.3.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Maintenance--Nagios">Nagios
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">11.3.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Maintenance--Sitesummary">Sitesummary
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">11.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Maintenance--More_information_about_Debian_Edu_customisations">Más información sobre personalizaciones de Debian Edu
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">12. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Upgrades">Actualizaciones
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">12.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Upgrades--General_notes_on_upgrading">Notas generales sobre la actualización
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">12.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Upgrades--Upgrades_from_Debian_Edu_Wheezy">Actualizar desde Debian-Edu Wheezy
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">12.2.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Upgrades--Upgrade_the_server_side">Upgrade the server side
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">12.2.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Upgrades--Upgrade_LTSP_chroot_.28default_arch_i386.29">Upgrade LTSP chroot (default arch i386)
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">12.2.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Upgrades--Recreating_an_LTSP_chroot">Recrear un chroot LTSP
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">12.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Upgrades--Upgrades_from_older_Debian_Edu_.2BAC8_Skolelinux_installations_.28before_Wheezy.29">Actualizar desde instalaciones antiguas de Debian-Edu / Skolelinux (antes
que Wheezy)
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">13. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#HowTo">Guías
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">14. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration">Guías para administración general
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">14.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Configuration_history:_tracking_.2BAC8etc.2BAC8_using_the_git_version_control_system">Seguimiento de /etc usando el sistema de control de versiones git
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">14.1.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Usage_examples">Ejemplos de uso
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">14.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Resizing_Partitions">Redimensionando Particiones
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">14.2.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Logical_Volume_Management">Gestión de volúmenes lógicos
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">14.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Installing_a_graphical_environment_on_the_main-server_to_use_GOsa.2BALI-">Installing a graphical environment on the main-server to use GOsa²
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">14.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Using_ldapvi">Usar ldapvi
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">14.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--JXplorer.2C_an_LDAP_GUI">JXplorer, una interfaz gráfica para LDAP
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">14.6. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--ldap-createuser-krb.2C_a_command-line_tool">ldap-createuser-krb, una herramienta para línea de comando
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">14.7. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Using_stable-updates">Using stable-updates
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">14.8. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Using_backports.debian.org_to_install_newer_software">Using backports.debian.org to install newer software
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">14.9. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Upgrading_with_a_CD_or_similar_image">Actualizar con un CD o similar
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">14.10. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Automatic_cleanup_of_leftover_processes">Automatic cleanup of leftover processes
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">14.11. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Automatic_installation_of_security_upgrades">Instalación automática de actualizaciones de seguridad
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">14.12. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Automatic_shutdown_of_machines_during_the_night">Apagado automático de las computadoras durante la noche
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">14.12.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--How_to_set_up_shutdown-at-night">Como configurar shutdown-at-night
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">14.13. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Access_Debian-Edu_servers_located_behind_a_firewall">Acceso a servidores Debian-Edu ubicados detrás de un firewall
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">14.14. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Installing_additional_service_machines_for_spreading_the_load_from_main-server">Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from
main-server
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">14.15. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--HowTos_from_wiki.debian.org">HowTos de wiki.debian.org
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">15. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AdvancedAdministration">Advanced administration
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">15.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AdvancedAdministration--User_Customisations_with_GOsa.2BALI-">Personalizaciones de usuarios con GOsa²
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">15.1.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups">Create Users in Year Groups
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">15.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AdvancedAdministration--Other_User_Customisations">Other User Customisations
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">15.2.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AdvancedAdministration--Creating_folders_in_the_home_directories_of_all_users">Crear directorios en el directorio home de los usuarios
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">15.2.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AdvancedAdministration--Easy_access_to_USB_drives_and_CDROMs.2BAC8DVDs">Fácil acceso a dispositivos USB y CDROMs/DVDs
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">15.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AdvancedAdministration--Use_a_dedicated_storage_server">Use a dedicated storage server
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">15.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AdvancedAdministration--Restrict_ssh_login_access">Restrict ssh login access
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">15.4.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AdvancedAdministration--Setup_without_LTSP_clients">Setup without LTSP clients
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">15.4.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AdvancedAdministration--Setup_with_LTSP_clients">Setup with LTSP clients
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">15.4.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AdvancedAdministration--A_note_for_more_complex_setups">A note for more complex setups
</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">16. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Desktop">HowTos for the desktop
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">16.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Desktop--Modifying_the_KDM_login_screen">Modificar la pantalla de inicio de KDM
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">16.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Desktop--Using_KDE_.26quot.3BPlasma.26quot.3B.2C_GNOME.2C_LXDE.2C_Xfce_and.2BAC8or_MATE_together">Using KDE "Plasma", GNOME, LXDE, Xfce and/or MATE together
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">16.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Desktop--Flash">Flash
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">16.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Desktop--Playing_DVDs">Reproducir DVDs
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">16.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Desktop--Using_the_multimedia_repository">Uso del repositorio multimedia
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">16.6. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Desktop--Handwriting_fonts">Handwriting fonts
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">17. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients">HowTos para clientes en red
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">17.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Introduction_to_thin_clients_and_diskless_workstations">Introducción a clientes ligeros y estaciones de trabajo sin disco
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">17.1.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--LTSP_client_type_selection">LTSP client type selection
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">17.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Configuring_the_PXE_menu">Configurar el menú PXE
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">17.2.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Configuring_the_PXE_installation">Configurar la instalación de PXE
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.2.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Adding_a_custom_repository_for_PXE_installations">Agregar un repositorio personalizado para instalaciones PXE
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.2.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Changing_the_PXE_menu_on_a_combined_.28main_and_LTSP.29_server">Cambiar el menú PXE en un servidor combinado (servidor principal y LTSP)
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.2.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Separate_main_and_LTSP_server">Separate main and LTSP server
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.2.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Use_a_different_LTSP_client_network">Use a different LTSP client network
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">17.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Changing_network_settings">Changing network settings
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--LTSP_in_detail">LTSP en detalle
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">17.4.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--LTSP_client_configuration_in_LDAP_.28and_lts.conf.29">Configuración del cliente LTSP en LDAP (y en lts.conf)
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.4.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Force_all_thin_clients_to_use_LXDE_as_default_desktop_environment">Force all thin clients to use LXDE as default desktop environment
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.4.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Load-balancing_LTSP_servers">Load-balancing LTSP servers
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.4.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Sound_with_LTSP_clients">Sonido con clientes LTSP
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.4.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Use_printers_attachted_to_LTSP_clients">Use printers attachted to LTSP clients
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.4.6. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Upgrading_the_LTSP_environment">Actualización del entorno LTSP
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.4.7. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Slow_login_and_security">Slow login and security
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">17.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Replacing_LDM_with_KDM">Reemplazar LDM con KDM
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.6. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration">Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">17.6.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Joining_a_domain">Joining a domain
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.6.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--XP_home">XP home
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.6.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Managing_roaming_profiles">Managing roaming profiles
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.6.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Redirecting_profile_directories">Redirecting profile directories
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.6.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Avoiding_roaming_profiles">Avoiding roaming profiles
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">17.7. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Remote_Desktop">Remote Desktop
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">17.7.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Remote_Desktop_Service">Remote Desktop Service
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">17.7.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Available_Remote_Desktop_clients">Clientes de escritorio remoto disponible
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">17.8. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--HowTos_from_wiki.debian.org">HowTos de wiki.debian.org
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">18. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Samba">Samba en Debian Edu
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">18.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Samba--Getting_Started">Cómo empezar
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">18.1.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Samba--Accessing_files_via_Samba">Acceder los archivos mediante Samba
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">18.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Samba--Domain_Membership">Domain Membership
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">18.2.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Samba--Windows_hostname">Windows hostname
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">18.2.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Samba--Joining_the_SKOLELINUX_Domain_with_Windows_XP">Unirse al dominio SKOLELINUX con Windows XP
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">18.2.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Samba--Joining_the_SKOLELINUX_Domain_with_Windows_Vista.2BAC87">Unirse al dominio SKOLELINUX con Windows Vista/7
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">18.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Samba--First_Domain_Logon">First Domain Logon
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">19. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#TeachAndLearn">HowTos for teaching and learning
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">19.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#TeachAndLearn--Moodle">Moodle
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">19.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#TeachAndLearn--Teaching_Prolog">Teaching Prolog
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">19.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#TeachAndLearn--Monitoring_pupils">Monitoring pupils
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">19.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#TeachAndLearn--Restricting_pupils.27_network_access">Restricting pupils' network access
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">19.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#TeachAndLearn--Smart-Board_integration">Smart-Board integration
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">19.5.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#TeachAndLearn--Providing_the_repository_on_tjener">Providing the repository on tjener
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">19.5.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#TeachAndLearn--Add_the_needed_packages_to_the_PXE_installation_image">Add the needed packages to the PXE installation image
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">19.5.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#TeachAndLearn--Adding_the_SmartBoard_software_manually_after_installation">Adding the SmartBoard software manually after installation
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">19.6. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#TeachAndLearn--HowTos_from_wiki.debian.org">HowTos de wiki.debian.org
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">20. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Users">HowTos for users
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">20.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Users--Changing_passwords">Changing passwords
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">20.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Users--Java">Java
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">20.2.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Users--Running_standalone_Java_applications">Running standalone Java applications
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">20.2.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Users--Running_Java_applications_in_the_web_browser">Running Java applications in the web browser
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">20.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Users--Using_email">Using email
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">20.3.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Users--KMail">KMail
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">20.3.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Users--Icedove">Icedove
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">20.3.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Users--Obtaining_a_Kerberos_ticket_to_read_email_on_diskless_workstations">Obtener un ticket Kerberos para leer correos en las estaciones de trabajo
sin disco
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">20.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Users--Volume_control">Volume control
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">21. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Contribute">Contribuir
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">21.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Contribute--Let_us_know_you_exist">Déjenos saber que existes
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">21.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Contribute--Contribute_locally">Contribute locally
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">21.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Contribute--Contribute_globally">Contribuye a nivel global
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">21.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Contribute--Documentation_writers_and_translators">Documentación para editores y traductores
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">22. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Support">Soporte
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">22.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Support--Volunteer_based_support">Soporte basado en voluntarios
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">22.1.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Support--in_English">in English
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">22.1.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Support--in_Norwegian">in Norwegian
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">22.1.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Support--in_German">in German
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">22.1.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Support--in_French">in French
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">22.1.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Support--in_Spanish">in Spanish
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">22.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Support--Professional_support">Soporte profesional
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">23. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Features">Nuevas características en Debin Edu Jessie
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">23.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Features--New_features_for_Debian_Edu_8.2B-edu1_Codename_Jessie">New features for Debian Edu 8+edu1 Codename Jessie
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">23.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Features--New_features_for_Debian_Edu_8.2B-edu0_Codename_Jessie">New features for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">23.2.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Features--Installation_changes">Installation changes
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">23.2.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Features--Software_updates">Actualizaciones de software
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">23.2.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Features--Documentation_and_translation_updates">Actualizaciones en documentación y traducciones
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">23.2.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Features--Other_changes_compared_to_the_previous_release">Other changes compared to the previous release
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">23.2.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Features--Known_issues">Known issues
</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">24. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#CopyRight">Copyright y authores
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">25. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#CopyRight--Translation_copyright_and_authors">Copyright de la traducción y Autores
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">26. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Translations">Traducciones de este documento
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">26.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Translations--HowTo_translate_this_document">HowTo translate this document
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">27. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixA">Appendix A - The GNU General Public License
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">27.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixA--Manual_for_Debian_Edu_8.2B-edu1_Codename_.26quot.3BJessie.26quot.3B">Manual for Debian Edu 8+edu1 Codename "Jessie"
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">27.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixA--GNU_GENERAL_PUBLIC_LICENSE">LICENCIA PUBLICA GENERAL GNU
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">27.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixA--TERMS_AND_CONDITIONS_FOR_COPYING.2C_DISTRIBUTION_AND_MODIFICATION">TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">28. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixB">Apéndice B - Aún no hay CD/DVDs vivo de Debian Edu Jessie
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">28.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixB--Features_of_the_Standalone_image">Features of the Standalone image
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">28.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixB--Features_of_the_Workstation_image">Features of the Workstation image
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">28.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixB--Activating_translations_and_regional_support">Activando el soporte regional y traducciones
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">28.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixB--Stuff_to_know">Cosas para saber
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">28.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixB--Known_issues_with_the_image">Problemas conocidos con la imágen
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">28.6. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixB--Download">Descarga
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">29. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC">Apéndice C - Características de publicaciones anteriores
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">29.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_7.1.2B-edu0_Codename_Wheezy_released_2013-09-28">New features in Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">29.1.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--User_visible_changes">User visible changes
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.1.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Installation_changes">Installation changes
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.1.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Software_updates">Actualizaciones de software
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.1.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Documentation_and_translation_updates">Actualizaciones en documentación y traducciones
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.1.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--LDAP_related_changes">LDAP related changes
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.1.6. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Other_changes">Other changes
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.1.7. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Known_issues">Known issues
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">29.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Changes_for_Debian_Edu_6.0.7.2B-r1_Codename_.26quot.3BSqueeze.26quot.3B_released_2013-03-03">Cambios en Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 nombre código "Squeeze" publicado el
03-03-2013
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_6.0.4.2B-r0_Codename_.26quot.3BSqueeze.26quot.3B_released_2012-03-11">New features in Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename "Squeeze" released 2012-03-11
</a></span></dt><dd><dl><dt><span class="section">29.3.1. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Appendix_C_-_Features_in_older_releases--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_6.0.4.2B-r0_Codename_.26quot.3BSqueeze.26quot.3B_released_2012-03-11--User_visible_changes">User visible changes
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.3.2. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Appendix_C_-_Features_in_older_releases--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_6.0.4.2B-r0_Codename_.26quot.3BSqueeze.26quot.3B_released_2012-03-11--Installation_changes">Installation changes
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.3.3. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Appendix_C_-_Features_in_older_releases--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_6.0.4.2B-r0_Codename_.26quot.3BSqueeze.26quot.3B_released_2012-03-11--Software_updates">Actualizaciones de software
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.3.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Infrastructural_changes">Infrastructural changes
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.3.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Appendix_C_-_Features_in_older_releases--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_6.0.4.2B-r0_Codename_.26quot.3BSqueeze.26quot.3B_released_2012-03-11--Documentation_and_translation_updates">Actualizaciones en documentación y traducciones
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.3.6. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Regressions">Regressions
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.3.7. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--New_administration_tool:_GOsa.2BALI-">New administration tool: GOsa²
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.3.8. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--More_software_changes">More software changes
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.3.9. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Other_LDAP_related_changes">Other LDAP related changes
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.3.10. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Appendix_C_-_Features_in_older_releases--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_6.0.4.2B-r0_Codename_.26quot.3BSqueeze.26quot.3B_released_2012-03-11--Other_changes">Other changes
</a></span></dt></dl></dd><dt><span class="section">29.4. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--New_in_Debian_Edu_5.0.6.2B-edu1_Codename_.26quot.3BLenny.26quot.3B_released_2010-10-05">Nuevas características en 5.0.6+edu1 nombre código "Lenny", publicado el
05-10-2010
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.5. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_5.0.4.2B-edu0_Codename_.26quot.3BLenny.26quot.3B_released_2010-02-08">Nuevas características en Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 "Lenny" publicado el
2010-02-08
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.6. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--New_features_in_Debian_5.0.4_upon_which_Debian_Edu_5.0.4.2B-edu0_is_based">Nuevas características en Debian 5.0.4, sistema en el cual esta basado
Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.7. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--New_features_in_the_.26quot.3B3.0r1_Terra.26quot.3B_release_2007-12-05">Características nuevas en la versión "3.0 Terra" publicado el 12-05-2007
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.8. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--New_features_in_the_.26quot.3B3.0r0_Terra.26quot.3B_release_2007-07-22">New features in the "3.0r0 Terra" release 2007-07-22
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.9. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Features_in_2.0_release_2006-03-14">Características de la versión 2.0 publicada el 14-03-2006
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.10. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--Features_in_.26quot.3B1.0_Venus.26quot.3B_release_2004-06-20">Características de la versión "1.0 venus" publicado el 20-06-2004
</a></span></dt><dt><span class="section">29.11. <a href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--More_information_on_even_older_releases">Más información sobre versiones más anteriores
</a></span></dt></dl></dd></dl></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="AboutDebianEdu"></a>1. Manual for Debian Edu 8+edu1 Codename Jessie
</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png" alt="Inicio de sesión de Debian Edu" /></span>
</p><p>This is the manual for the Debian Edu Jessie 8+edu1 release.
</p><p>La versión en <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie</a> es un wiki
actualizado frecuentemente.
</p><p>Las <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Translations" title="26. Traducciones de este documento">Traducciones</a>son parte del paquete
<code class="computeroutput">debian-edu-doc</code> que puede ser instalado en
un servidor web, y que está disponible <a class="ulink" href="http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/" target="_top">en línea</a>.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="AboutDebianEdu--About_Debian_Edu_and_Skolelinux"></a>2. Acerca de Debian Edu y Skolelinux.
</h2></div></div></div><p>Debian Edu a.k.a Skolelinux es una distribución basada en Debian,
proporcionando un ambiente "fuera de la caja", completamente configurado
para una red escolar.
</p><p>Directly after installation of a school server all services needed for a
school network are set up (see the next chapter <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture" title="3. Arquitectura">details of the architecture of this setup</a>) and
the system is ready to be used. Only users and machines need to be added via
GOsa², a comfortable Web-UI, or any other LDAP editor. A netbooting
environment using PXE has also been prepared, so after initial installation
of the main server from CD, Blu-ray disc or USB flash drive all other
machines can be installed via the network, this includes "roaming
workstations" (ones that can be taken away from the school network, usually
laptops or netbooks) as well as PXE booting for diskless machines like
traditional thin-clients.
</p><p>Múltiples aplicaciones educativas como celestia, drgeo, gcompris, kalzium,
kgeography, solfege y scratch, han sido incluidas en el escritorio
predeterminado, el cual puede fácilmente ser extendido casi ilimitadamente,
vía el universo Debian.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AboutDebianEdu--Some_history_and_why_two_names"></a>2.1. Un poco de historia, y el porqué de dos nombres
</h3></div></div></div><p><a class="ulink" href="http://www.skolelinux.org" target="_top">Skolelinux</a> es una
distribución de Linux, hecha por el proyecto Debian Edu. Siendo una
distribución <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianPureBlends" target="_top">mezclada
de Debian</a> es un sub-proyecto oficial de <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org" target="_top">Debian</a>
</p><p>Lo que esto significa, es que Skolelinux es una versión de Debian que
proporciona un ambiente "out of the box" de una red escolar completamente
configurada.
</p><p>El proyecto Skolelinux fué fundado en Noruega el 2 de julio de 2001, y casi
a la vez Raphaël Hertzog iniciaba el proyecto Debian Edu en Francia. Desde
el 2003, ambos proyectos trabajaron unidos, aunque los nombres permanecieron
separados. "Skole" y (Debian-)"Educativo" son dos términos bien conocidos en
estas regiones.
</p><p>En Noruega, donde Skolelinux se inició, el grupo principal de alcance son
las escuelas con grupos de estudiantes desde los 6 a 16 años. Actualmente,
el sistema es utilizado en muchos países alrededor del mundo, con un número
mayor en Noruega, España, Alemania y Francia.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="Architecture"></a>3. Arquitectura
</h2></div></div></div><p>Esta sección del documento describe la arquitectura de red y los servicios
proporcionados por una instalación Skolelinux.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Architecture--Network"></a>3.1. Red
</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/Debian_Edu_Network_Jessie.png" alt="La Topología de red de Debian Edu" /></span>
</p><p>La figura es un esquema propuesto de la topología de red. La configuración
predeterminada de Skolelinux asume que hay un (y sólo uno) servidor
principal, y permite incluir tanto servidores de clientes ligeros (con
clientes ligeros asociados) como estaciones de trabajo. El número de
estaciones de trabajo puede ser tan grande o pequeña como se quiera (desde
ninguno a muchísimos). Lo mismo para los servidores de clientes ligeros,
cada uno de los cuales está en una red separada, de forma que el tráfico
entre los clientes ligeros y su servidor no afecte al resto de los servicios
de red.
</p><p>La razón por la que sólo puede haber un servidor principal en cada red es
que el servidor principal proporciona DHCP, y sólo puede haber una máquina
haciendo eso en cada red. Es posible trasladar servicios del servidor
principal a otras máquinas configurando el servicio en otra máquina, y
posteriormente, actualizando la configuración de DNS para que apunte al
alias DNS de ese servicio a la máquina correcta.
</p><p>Para simplificar la configuración estándar de Skolelinux, la conexión a
Internet va sobre un router separado. Se puede configurar Debian con un
módem o una conexión RDSI, sin embargo no se ha intentando hacer tal
configuración para Skolelinux por defecto.(las modificaciones necesarias
para ajustar la configuración por defecto a esta situación deberían
documentarse por separado).
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Architecture--The_default_network_setup"></a>3.1.1. La configuración de red predeterminada
</h4></div></div></div><p>El DHCP en el servidor «Tjener» sirve la red 10.0.0.0/8 vía PXE Boot, en la
que recibirá un menú de syslinux done podrá seleccionar si instalar un
servidor nuevo / estación de trabajo, iniciar un cliente delgado, estación
sin disco, prueba de memoria o iniciar desde disco local.
</p><p>Esto está diseñado para ser modificado, es decir, usted puede tener la raíz
NFS en en el punto syslinux a uno de los servidores LTSP o cambiar la opción
next-server (almacenado en LDAP) del servicio DHCP para que los clientes
puedan arrancar por medio de PXE desde el servidor de terminales.
</p><p>El servicio DHCPD en el servidor LTSP únicamente ofrece una red dedicada en
la segunda interfaz (las opciones preconfiguradas son 192.168.0.0/24 y
192.168.1.0/24) y raramente necesitan ser cambiadas.
</p><p>La configuración de todas las subredes es almacenada en LDAP.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Architecture--Main_server_.28tjener.29"></a>3.1.2. Servidor principal (tjener)
</h4></div></div></div><p>Una red Skolelinux necesita un servidor principal (también llamado "tjener"
que significa "servidor" en Noruego) que por defecto tenga la dirección IP
10.0.2.2 y sea instalado seleccionando el perfil servidor principal. Es
posible (pero no requerido) seleccionar e instalar también los perfiles de
servidor de cliente ligero y estación de trabajo al perfil de servidor
principal.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Architecture--Services_running_on_the_main_server"></a>3.1.3. Servicios que corren en el servidor principal
</h4></div></div></div><p>Con la excepción del control de los clientes ligeros, todos los servicios se
configuran inicialmente en un ordenador central (el servidor
principal). Debido a razones de rendimiento, el servidor de clientes ligeros
debe ser una máquina separada (aunque se pueden instalar juntos en la misma
máquina los perfiles de servidor principal y servidor de clientes
ligeros). Todos los servicios tienen un nombre de DNS y se ofrecen
únicamente sobre IPv4. Los nombres de DNS para los servicios hacen fácil el
traslado a máquinas individuales de cada uno de ellos. Tan sólo hay que
parar el servicio en el servidor principal, y cambiar la configuración de
DNS para apuntar a la nueva ubicación del servicio (que, evidentemente, debe
configurarse antes en esa máquina).
</p><p>Para garantizar la seguridad, siempre q ue se transmitan contraseñas por la
red, se hace en canal encriptado. Por tanto, no se envía ninguna contraseña
en texto plano.
</p><p>Abajo se encuentra una lista de los servicios que se tienen por defecto en
una red Skolelinux, con el nombre de DNS en cada servicio, Si es posible,
todos los archivos de configuración harán referencia al servicio por su
nombre (sin el nombre del dominio), haciendo más fácil para las escuelas el
cambio de dominio (si se tiene un dominio DNS) o la dirección IP que
utilizan.
</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col class="col_0" /><col class="col_1" /><col class="col_2" /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td colspan="3" align="center">
<p><span class="strong"><strong>Table of services</strong></span>
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Descripción de servicios</strong></span>
</p></td><td>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Nombre común</strong></span>
</p></td><td>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Nombre de servicio DNS</strong></span>
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Registros centralizados
</p></td><td>
<p> rsyslog
</p></td><td>
<p> syslog
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Sistema de Nombre de Dominio
</p></td><td>
<p> DNS (BIND)
</p></td><td>
<p> domain
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Configuración automática de equipos
</p></td><td>
<p> DHCP
</p></td><td>
<p> bootps
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Sincronización de reloj
</p></td><td>
<p> NTP
</p></td><td>
<p> ntp
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Directorios de usuarios vía sistema de archivos de red
</p></td><td>
<p> SMB / NFS
</p></td><td>
<p> homes
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Correo Electrónico
</p></td><td>
<p> IMAP (Dovecot)
</p></td><td>
<p> postoffice
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Servicio de Directorio
</p></td><td>
<p> OpenLDAP
</p></td><td>
<p> ldap
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Administración de usuarios
</p></td><td>
<p> GOsa²
</p></td><td>
<p> ---
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Servidor Web
</p></td><td>
<p> Apache/PHP
</p></td><td>
<p> www
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Respaldo Central
</p></td><td>
<p> sl-backup, slbackup-php
</p></td><td>
<p> backup
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Caché Web
</p></td><td>
<p> Proxy (Squid)
</p></td><td>
<p> webcache
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Impresión
</p></td><td>
<p> CUPS
</p></td><td>
<p> ipp
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Inicio de sesión remoto seguro
</p></td><td>
<p> OpenSSH
</p></td><td>
<p> ssh
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Configuración Automática
</p></td><td>
<p> Cfengine
</p></td><td>
<p> cfengine
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Servidor(es) de clientes ligeros
</p></td><td>
<p> LTSP
</p></td><td>
<p> ltsp
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Monitoreo de servicios y equipos, reportes de fallas, histórico vía
web. Reportes de fallos vía correo.
</p></td><td>
<p>munin, nagios y site-summary
</p></td><td>
<p> munin, nagios y site-summary
</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>Cada usuario almacena sus archivos personales en su directorio home que está
disponible en el servidor. Los directorios Home están accesibles desde todas
las máquinas, dando a los usuarios acceso independientemente del puesto que
estén usando. El servidor opera sin importar el sistema operativo. Ofrece
tanto NFS para clientes UNIX, como SMB para Windows y clientes Macintosh.
</p><p>Por defecto, el correo está configurado para envío local (dentro de la
escuela), aunque se puede configurar el envío a todo Internet si la escuela
tiene una conexión a Internet fija. Las listas de correo están configuradas
utilizando la información en la base de datos de usuario, dando a cada clase
su propia lista de correo. Los clientes están configurados para enviarcorreo
al servidor (usando 'smarthost'), y los usuarios pueden <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Users--Using_email" title="20.3. Using email">acceder a su correo personal</a> mediante
IMAP.
</p><p>Todos los servicios usan el mismo nombre de usuario y contraseña, gracias a
la base de datos centralizada para autenticación y autorización de usuarios.
</p><p>Para incrementar el rendimiento al acceder frecuentente a los mismos sitios
de internet hay un proxy que cachea localmente los archivos (Squid). Junto
al bloqueo de tráfico web en el router este también permite el control de
acceso a Internet individualmente para cada puesto.
</p><p>La configuración de red en los clientes se hace automáticamente con
DHCP. Los clientes normales reciben direcciones IP en el rango privado
10.0.0.0/8, y los clientes ligeros se conectan a su servidor de clientes
ligeros mediante la subred separada 192.168.0.0/24 (esto asegura que el
tráfico de los clientes ligeros no interfiera con el resto de los servicios
de red).
</p><p>El registro de sucesos está centralizado, de forma que todas las
computadoras envían sus mensajes al servidor. El servicio syslog está
configurado para aceptar sólo mensajes entrantes desde la red local.
</p><p>Por defecto, el servidor de DNS está configurado con un dominio para uso
interno (*.intern), contra un servidor de DNS real ("externo") que puede
configurarse. El servidor de DNS actua como un caché de DNS, de forma que
todos los puestos de la red pueden usarlo como su servidor de DNS principal.
</p><p>Los alumnos y profesores pueden publicar sitios web. El servidor web
proporciona mecanismos para autenticar los usuarios, y para limitar el
acceso a páginas individuales y subdirectorios a ciertos usuarios y
grupos. Los usuarios pueden crear páginas web dinámicas, ya que el servidor
web puede ejecutar programas del lado del servidor.
</p><p>La información sobre las computadoras y los usuarios se puede cambiar en una
ubicación central y es accesible a todos los ordenadores de la red
automáticamente. Para conseguirlo, hay un servidor de directorio
centralizado. El directorio tendrá información sobre los usuarios, grupos,
máquinas y grupos de máquinas. Para evitar confusión entre los usuarios no
habrá ninguna diferencia entre los grupos de archivos, listas de correo y
grupos de red. Esto implica que los grupos de máquinas que tengan que estar
en grupos de red, tienen el mismo tipo de nombre que los grupos de usuarios
y listas de correo.
</p><p>La administración de los usuarios y servicios se hace mediante web, y sigue
estándares establecidos. Son funcionales en los navegadores que incluye
Skolelinux. Es posible delegar algunas tareas a usuarios o grupos de
usuarios mediante los sistemas de administración.
</p><p>Para evitar algunos problemas con NFS, y hacer más simple la depuración de
errores, es necesario sincronizar los relojes de todas las máquinas. Para
lograr esto, el servidor Skolelinux tiene configurado un servidor NTP, y
todas las estaciones y clientes se configuran para sincronizar sus relojes
con el servidor. El servidor debe sincronizar su propio reloj mediante NTP
con alguna de las máquinas disponibles en Internet para asegurarse de que
toda la red tenga la hora correcta.
</p><p>Las impresoras se conectan donde sean necesarias, bien directamente en la
red, o conectadas a un servidor, estación de trabajo o servidor de cliente
ligero. El acceso a las impresoras se puede controlar para los usuarios de
acuerdo con el grupo al que pertenezcan, y puede hacerse con cuota y control
de acceso a las impresoras.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Architecture--LTSP_server.28s.29_.28Thin_client_server.28s.29.29"></a>3.1.4. Servidor(es) LTSP (Servidor(es) de cliente(s) ligero(s))
</h4></div></div></div><p>Una red Skolelinux puede tener muchos servidores LTSP (también llamado
servidor de clientes ligeros), que pueden ser instalados seleccionando el
perfil servidor de clientes ligeros.
</p><p>EL servidor de clientes ligeros está configurado para recibir los registros
de los clientes ligeros y reenviarlos al servidor central.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Architecture--Thin_clients"></a>3.1.5. Clientes ligeros
</h4></div></div></div><p>Una configuración de cliente ligero permite a un PC ordinario funcionar como
un terminal (X). Esto significa que la computadora arranca desde un disquete
o desde el servidor a través de la red (usando network-PROM o PXE) sin usar
el disco duro local. La configuración de cliente ligero que se usa es la de
Linux Terminal Server Project (LTSP).
</p><p>Los clientes delgados son una buena forma de usar máquinas viejas, de poca
capacidad, ya que los programas se ejecutan en el servidor LTSP. Funciona
así: El servicio usa DHCP y TFTP para conectarse a la red y arrancar desde
la red. Después, se monta el sistema de archivos vía NFS desde el servidor
LTSP, y finalmente se arranca X11 y el administrador de pantalla se conecta
al mismo servidor LTSP vía SSH con X-forwarding, de esta manera, todos los
datos enviados por la red, son encriptados. Para clientes delgados
extremadamente antiguos y lentos para la encriptación, puede modificarse el
comportamiento para funcionar como versiones anteriores, usando conexión
para X vía XDMCP
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Architecture--Diskless_workstations"></a>3.1.6. Estaciones sin disco
</h4></div></div></div><p>Las estaciones sin disco, también reciben los nombres de "clientes
delgados", "clientes livianos", "estaciones tontas". Para efectos de
claridad de este manual utilizaremos el término "estaciones sin disco".
</p><p>Una estación sin disco, ejecuta todas las aplicaciones localmente, sin
necesidad de un S.O instalado. Esto significa que el equipo, inicia las
aplicaciones desde el servidor, sin necesidad de tener software instalado en
un disco local.
</p><p>Diskless workstations are an excellent way of reusing older (but powerful)
hardware with the same low maintenance cost as with thin clients. Software
is administered and maintained on the server with no need for local
installed software on the clients. Home directories and system settings are
stored on the server too.
</p><p>Las estaciones sin disco, fueron presentadas como parte del proyecto LTSP
(Linux Terminal Server Project) versión 5.0
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Architecture--Networked_clients"></a>3.1.7. Clientes en red.
</h4></div></div></div><p>El término "clientes en red" es usado en este manual para referirse tanto
para clientes delgados, como terminales sin disco, o equipos utilizando
MacOS o Windows.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Architecture--Administration"></a>3.2. Administración
</h3></div></div></div><p>Todas las máquinas Linux que se instalan con el instalador de Skolelinux se
pueden administrar desde una computadora central, es decir el servidor. Se
puede acceder a todas las máquinas por SSH y, por tanto hay acceso completo
a todos los puestos.
</p><p>Usamos cfengine para editar los archivos de configuración. Estos archivos se
actualizan desde el servidor a los clientes. Para cambiar la configuración
del cliente, es suficiente editar la configuración en el servidor y dejar
que la automatización distribuya los cambios.
</p><p>Toda la información de los usuarios se guarda en un directorio LDAP. Las
actualizaciones de las cuentas de usuario se hacen contra esta base de
datos, que es la que usan los clientes para autenticarse.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Architecture--Installation"></a>3.2.1. Instalación
</h4></div></div></div><p>Actualmente hay dos medios de instalación: instalación por red desde un CD e
instalación multi arquitectura desde un dispositivo USB. Ambos medios pueden
ser cargados desde memorias USB.
</p><p>La idea es poder instalar un servidor desde cualquier medio una sola vez e
instalar los demás clientes por la red arrancando mediante la red.
</p><p>Solo la instalación en red necesita acceso a Internet durante la
instalación.
</p><p>La instalación no debería hacer ninguna pregunta, con la excepción del
idioma deseado (p. ej. Noruego, Español, etc) y el perfil de la máquina
(servidor, puesto normal, servidor de cliente ligero). Todas las demás
configuraciones se harán automáticamente con valores razonables, y el
administrador del sistema las podrá cambiar desde un sitio centralizado
después de la instalación.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Architecture--File_system_access_configuration"></a>3.2.2. Configuración del acceso al sistema de archivos
</h4></div></div></div><p>Cada cuenta de usuario de Skolelinux tiene asignada una sección del sistema
de archivos en el servidor de archivos. Esta sección (directorio home)
contiene los archivos de configuración del usuario, documentos, correos
electrónicos y páginas web. Algunos de los archivos deberían tener acceso de
lectura para otros usuarios del sistema, algunos podrían ser de lectura para
todos a través de Internet, y algunos no deberían ser accesibles por nadie
que no fuera el usuario.
</p><p>Para asegurar que todos los discos serán utilizados para directorios de
datos de los usuarios o directorios compartidos, pueden poseer nombres
únicos entre todas los ordenadores durante la instalación al ser montados
como <code class="computeroutput">/skole/host/directory/</code>. Inicialmente,
un directorio es creado en el servidor de archivos,
<code class="computeroutput">/skole/tjener/home0/</code> en el que todas las
cuentas de usuarios son creadas. Más directorios pueden ser creados cuando
sea necesario acomodar grupos de usuarios particulares o patrones
particulares de uso.
</p><p>Para habilitar el acceso compartido de archivos según el sistema de permisos
de UNIX, los usuarios necesitan ser parte de un grupo compartido adicional
(como "students") así como al grupo inicial al que pertenecen de manera
predeterminada.Si los usuarios tienen una umask apropiado para hacer
artículos de nueva creación para compartir archivos en grupos accesibles
(002 o 007), y si los directorios que están trabajando en son setgid para
asegurar que los archivos hereden el grupo de la propiedad correcta, el
resultado es controlada entre el miembros de un grupo.
</p><p>The initial access settings for newly created files are a matter of
policy. The Debian default umask is 022 (which would not allow group-access
as described above), but Debian Edu uses a default of 002 - meaning that
files are created with read access for everybody, which can later be removed
by explicit user action. This can alternatively be changed (by editing
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/pam.d/common-session</code>) to a umask of
007 - meaning read access is initially blocked, necessitating user action to
make them accessible. The first approach encourages knowledge sharing, and
makes the system more transparent, whereas the second method decreases the
risk of unwanted spreading of sensitive information. The problem with the
first solution is that it is not apparent to the users that the material
they create will be accessible to all other users. They can only detect this
by inspecting other users' directories and seeing that their files are
readable. The problem with the second solution is that few people are likely
to make their files accessible, even if they do not contain sensitive
information and the content would be helpful to inquisitive users who want
to learn how others have solved particular problems (typically configuration
issues).
</p></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="Requirements"></a>4. Requisitos
</h2></div></div></div><p>Hay diferentes formas de usar una solución Skolelinux. Puede instalarse en
un sólo PC o en una amplia región con muchas escuelas operadas
centralmente. Esta variedad de configuraciones hace una gran diferencia en
la forma de configurar las cosas dependiendo de los elementos de red,
servidores y puestos de cliente.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Requirements--Hardware_requirements"></a>4.1. Requisitos de hardware
</h3></div></div></div><p>El propósito de los diferentes perfiles es explicado en el capítulo <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture" title="3. Arquitectura">Arquitecturas de red</a>.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Las computadoras ejecutando Debian Edu / Skolelinux deben tener
procesadores, ya sea de 32 bits (Debian arquitectura 'i386', procesadores
más antiguos son compatibles Intel Pentium y AMD K5) o 64 bits (arquitectura
Debian «amd64») procesadores x86.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>At least 2 GiB RAM for 30 clients and 4 GiB RAM for 50-60 clients are
recommended for the main and thin client server profiles.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Los clientes delgados pueden funcionar con 64 MB de RAM y 133 MHZ de
procesador, aunque se recomienda 256 MB de RAM y procesadores de mayor
velocidad.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>La paginación de memoria por red esta habilitada por defecto, tiene un
tamaño de 512Mb. Si necesita más, puede modificarlo desde la variable SIZE,
en el archivo <code class="computeroutput">/etc/ltsp/nbdswapd.conf</code>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si sus terminales tienen disco duro, se recomienda que sean utilizados para
paginación, ya que resulta ser más rápida que la paginación por medio de la
red.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Para estaciones de trabajo, terminales tontas e instalaciones individuales,
PC's con velocidad de 800 MHz y 512 Mb de RAM son los requerimientos
mínimos, para ejecutar navegadores modernos y LibreOffice 1024 Mb de RAM son
recomendados.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>En estaciones de trabajo con poca memoria RAM, el verificador ortográfico
podría causar que LibreOffice deje de funcionar si el espacio de intercambio
es demasiado pequeño. Si esto ocurre frecuentemente, puede ser deshabilitado
por los administradores del sistema.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>El requerimiento mínimo de espacio depende del perfil que sea instalado.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>Servidor principal + servidor de clientes delgados: 60Gb. Como siempre, con
espacio de disco en el servidor principal, "entre más , mejor".
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>servidor para clientes delgados: 40Gb
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Estación de trabajo, o independiente: 30 Gb
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Los servidores para clientes ligeros necesitan dos tarjetas de red cuando la
arquitectura de red por defecto es usada.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>eth0 conectada a la red principal (10.0.0.0/8),
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>eth1 es usada para proporcionar servicio a los clientes LTSP (192.168.0.0/24
por defecto, pero <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Use_a_different_LTSP_client_network" title="17.2.5. Use a different LTSP client network">otras son
posibles</a>.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Las laptops son estaciones de trabajo móviles, por lo que tienen los mismos
requerimientos de las estaciones de trabajo regulares.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Requirements--Hardware_known_to_work"></a>4.2. Hardware conocido que funciona
</h3></div></div></div><p>Una lista de hardware probado esta en <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Hardware/</a> . Esta lista no está
completa <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/smile.png" alt=":)" /></span>
</p><p><a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/InstallingDebianOn</a> es un esfuerzo para
documentar el proceso de instalación, configuración y uso de Debian en
hardware específico. Por lo tanto los potenciales compradores sabrán si su
hardware es soportado y los propietarios podrán saber como obtener el máximo
de sus equipos.
</p><p>Una excelente base de datos sobre hardware soportado por Debian esta
disponible en <a class="ulink" href="http://kmuto.jp/debian/hcl/" target="_top">http://kmuto.jp/debian/hcl/</a>.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="Requirements--Requirements_for_network_setup"></a>5. Requerimientos para una instalación de red
</h2></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Requirements--Default_Setup"></a>5.1. Configuración por defecto
</h3></div></div></div><p>Se aplican las siguientes reglas cuando se usa la arquitectura de red por
defecto:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Necesita exactamente, un servidor principal, el tjener.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Puede tener hasta cientos de estaciones de trabajo en la red principal.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Puede tener muchos servidores LTSP en la red principal; dos subredes
diferentes son preconfiguradas en LDAP, aunque pueden agregarse más.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Puede tener cientos de clientes ligeros y/o estaciones de trabajo sin disco
en cada red de servidores LTSP.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Puede tener cientos de otras computadoras que tendrán direcciones IP
asignadas de manera dinámica.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Para acceder a Internet necesita un enrutador/pasarela (ver más abajo).
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Requirements--Internet_router"></a>5.2. Enrutador de Internet
</h3></div></div></div><p>Un enrutador/pasarela conectado a Internet en la interfaz externa y con la
dirección IP 10.0.0.1 y máscara de red 255.0.0.0 en la interfaz interna, es
necesario para conectarse a internet.
</p><p>El enrutador no debería ejecutar un servidor DHCP, puede ejecutar un
servidor DNS, aunque no es necesario y no será usado.
</p><p>Si buscas una solución basada en i386 para poder rehusar una PC vieja,
recomendamos <a class="ulink" href="http://www.ipcop.org" target="_top">IPCop</a> o <a class="ulink" href="http://www.zelow.no/floppyfw" target="_top">floppyfw</a>.
</p><p>Si necesita algo para un enrutador empotrado, o un punto de acceso le
recomendamos usar <a class="ulink" href="http://openwrt.org" target="_top">OpenWRT</a>, así podrá
usar también el firmware original. Utilizar el firmware original es más
fácil, utilizar OpenWRT le proporciona más opciones y control. Revise la web
de OpenwRT para una lista completa del <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.openwrt.org/TableOfHardware" target="_top">hardware soportado</a>.
</p><p>Es posible usar una configuración diferente de red (existe un <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet" target="_top">proceso
documentado</a> para hacer esto), pero si usted no tiene una
infraestructura de red preexistente, le recomendamos abstenerse de hacerlo,
y mantener la configuración predeterminada de la <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture" title="3. Arquitectura">arquitectura de red</a>.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="Installation"></a>6. Instalación y opciones de descarga
</h2></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Installation--Where_to_find_additional_information"></a>6.1. Donde encontrar información adicional
</h3></div></div></div><p>Recomendamos leer, o al menos echar un vistazo a las <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/releasenotes" target="_top">notas de
publicación para Debian Jessie</a> antes de empezar a usar un sistema
para uso en producción. Pruebe Debian Edu/Skolelinux, debería funcionar. <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/smile.png" alt=":-)" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> Asegúrese de leer el capítulo <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted" title="7. Iniciando">Iniciando con
Debian Edu</a> de este manual, ya que explica como iniciar sesión por
primera vez.
</p><p>Más información sobre la publicación de Debian Jessie está diponible en su
<a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/installmanual" target="_top">manual de
instalación</a>.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Installation--Download_the_installation_media_for_Debian_Edu_8.2B-edu0_Codename_.26quot.3BJessie.26quot.3B"></a>6.2. Download the installation media for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename "Jessie"
</h3></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Installation--netinstall_CD_image_for_i386.2C_amd64"></a>6.2.1. Imagen en CD de instalación por red para i386, amd64
</h4></div></div></div><p>The netinstall CD, which also can be used for installation from USB flash
drives, is suitable to install i386 and amd64 machines. As the name implies,
internet access is required for the installation. It's available via
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p><a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-8+edu0-CD.iso" target="_top">debian-edu-8+edu0-CD.iso</a>
</p><p><a class="ulink" href="http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-8+edu0-CD.iso" target="_top">debian-edu-8+edu0-CD.iso</a>
</p><p><code class="computeroutput">rsync -v --progress
ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-8+edu0-CD.iso
./debian-edu-8+edu0-CD.iso </code>
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Installation--USB_flash_drive_.2BAC8_Blu-ray_disc_ISO_image_for_i386_and_amd64"></a>6.2.2. Imagen ISO para arquitectura i386 y amd64 en dispositivos USB y Blu-ray
</h4></div></div></div><p>The multi-architecture ISO image is roughly 5 GiB large and can be used for
installation of amd64 and i386 machines. Please note that internet access
during installation is needed. Like the others it can be downloaded over
FTP, HTTP or rsync via:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p><a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-8+edu0-USB.iso" target="_top">debian-edu-8+edu0-USB.iso</a>
</p><p><a class="ulink" href="http://ftp.skolelinux.org/skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-8+edu0-USB.iso" target="_top">debian-edu-8+edu0-USB.iso</a>
</p><p><code class="computeroutput">rsync -v --progress
ftp.skolelinux.org::skolelinux-cd/debian-edu-8+edu0-USB.iso
./debian-edu-8+edu0-USB.iso </code>
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Installation--Sources"></a>6.2.3. Sources
</h4></div></div></div><p>Sources are available from the Debian archive, see <a class="ulink" href="http://cdimage.debian.org/debian-cd/8.5.0/source/iso-dvd/" target="_top">http://cdimage.debian.org/debian-cd/8.5.0/source/iso-dvd/</a> for some
download options.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Installation--Request_a_CD_.2BAC8_DVD_by_mail"></a>6.3. Solicite un CD / DVD por correo
</h3></div></div></div><p>Para quienes que no poseen una conexión a Internet rápida, nosotros
podríamos enviarle un CD o DVD por el precio del mismo y su envío. Solamente
envíe un correo a <a class="ulink" href="mailto:cd@skolelinux.no" target="_top">cd@skolelinux.no</a>y podremos discutir
acerca de los detalles del pago (del disco y el envío). <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/smile.png" alt=":)" /></span> Recuerde incluir la dirección a la que desea le sea envíado su CD / DVD
dentro del email.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Installation--Installing_Debian_Edu"></a>6.4. Instalacion de Debian Edu
</h3></div></div></div><p>When you do a Debian Edu installation, you have a few options to choose
from. Don't be afraid; there aren't many. We have done a good job of hiding
the complexity of Debian during the installation and beyond. However, Debian
Edu is Debian, and if you want there are more than 42,000 packages to choose
from and a billion configuration options. For the majority of our users, our
defaults should be fine.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Installation--Select_type_of_installation"></a>6.4.1. Seleccione el tipo de instalación
</h4></div></div></div><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col class="col_0" /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
<p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/01-Installer_boot_menu.png" alt="Menú de carga del instalador" /></span>
</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Instalar</strong></span> es el modo de instalación
predeterminado en formato texto para i386 y amd64.
</p>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Instalar 64 bit</strong></span> realiza la instalación en
modo texto para amd64.
</p>
<p> <span class="string">Instalador gráfico</span> usa el instalador GTK
donde puede usar el ratón.
</p>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Instalador gráfico para 64 bits</strong></span> usa el
instalador GTK de 64bits donde puede usar el ratón.
</p>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Opciones avanzadas ></strong></span> brinda un submenú
con opciones más detalladas que puede elegir
</p>
<p><span class="strong"><strong>Ayuda</strong></span> brinda algunos consejos sobre como
usar el instalador.
</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col class="col_0" /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
<p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/Installer_advanced_options_a.png" alt="Pantalla 1 de las opciones avanzadas del instalador" /></span>
</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">
<p><span class="strong"><strong>Regresar..</strong></span> lo lleva de nuevo al menú
principal.
</p>
<p><span class="strong"><strong>Instalación experta</strong></span> le da acceso a todas
las opciones disponibles en modo texto.
</p>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Modo de rescate</strong></span> lo convierte en un disco
de rescate para tareas de emergencia.
</p>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Instalación automática</strong></span> necesita un
archivo preconfigurado.
</p>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Instalación experta 64 bits </strong></span> le da acceso
a todas las opciones disponibles en modo texto en computadoras amd64.
</p>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Modo de rescate 64 bits</strong></span> lo convierte en
un disco de rescate para tareas de emergencia compatible con amd64.
</p>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Instalación automática 64 bits</strong></span> necesita
un archivo preconfigurado.
</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col class="col_0" /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
<p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/Installer_advanced_options_b.png" alt="Pantalla 2 de las opciones avanzadas del instalador" /></span>
</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">
<p><span class="strong"><strong>Instalación experta gráfica</strong></span> le da acceso
a todas las opciones disponibles en modo gráfico.
</p>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Modo de rescate gráfico</strong></span> lo convierte en
un disco de rescate para tareas de emergencia con una interfaz gráfica GTK.
</p>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Instalación automática gráfica</strong></span> necesita
un archivo preconfigurado.
</p>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Instalación experta gráfica para 64 bits</strong></span>
le da acceso a todas las opciones disponibles en modo gráfico compatible con
amd64.
</p>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Modo de rescate 64 bits gráfico</strong></span> lo
convierte en un disco de rescate para tareas de emergencia con una interfaz
gráfica GTK compatible con amd64.
</p>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Instalación automática 64 bits gráfica</strong></span>
necesita un archivo preconfigurado.
</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col class="col_0" /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
<p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/Installer_help.png" alt="Pantalla de ayuda del instalador" /></span>
</p></td></tr><tr><td valign="top">
<p> Está pantalla de ayuda se explica por si sola y habilita las teclas
<F> en el teclado para tener ayuda más detallada en los temas
descritos.
</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="Installation--Additional_boot_parameters_for_installations"></a>6.4.1.1. Parámetros adicionales de carga para instalaciones
</h5></div></div></div><p>Para equipos i386/amd64, las opciones de inicio pueden ser editadas
presionando la tecla TAB en el menú de inicio.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>La imagen DVD multiarquitectura tiene como predeterminado, el modo de
instalación amd64 modo gráfico en ordenadores x86-64 bits e instalación
gráfica en x86 32-bits.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si desea iniciar en modo texto para un equipo amd64 con la imagen
multiarquitectura, debe seleccionar <code class="computeroutput">
amd64-install</code>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Aunque también, puede seleccionar el <code class="computeroutput">modo experto gráfico
amd64</code> para utilizar el modo gráfico para amd64.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si desea iniciar el modo i386 con la imagen multiarquitectura en un
ordenador amd64, necesitará seleccionar el
<code class="computeroutput">instalar</code> (modo texto) o
<code class="computeroutput">modo gráfico experto</code> (modo gráfico).
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Puede utilizar un servicio proxy HTTP existente en la red para agilizar la
instalación del servidor principal desde CD. Agregue
<code class="computeroutput">mirror/http/proxy=http://10.0.2.2:3128/</code>
como un parámetro adicional de carga.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Si ya tiene instalador el perfil de servidor principal en una computadora,
futuras instalaciones se podrían hacer vía PXE, ya que utilizará
automáticamente el proxy del servidor principal.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Para instalar el escritorio <span class="strong"><strong>GNOME</strong></span> en
lugar del escritorio <span class="strong"><strong>KDE Plasma</strong></span>, agregue
<code class="computeroutput">desktop=gnome</code> a los parámetros de carga del
kernel.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Para instalar el escritorio <span class="strong"><strong>LXDE</strong></span>, agregue
<code class="computeroutput">desktop=lxde</code> a los parámetros de carga del
kernel.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Para instalar el escritorio <span class="strong"><strong>Xfce</strong></span>, agregue
<code class="computeroutput">desktop=xfce</code> a los parámetros de carga del
kernel.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>And to install the <span class="strong"><strong>MATE</strong></span> desktop instead,
add <code class="computeroutput">desktop=mate</code> to the kernel boot
parameters.
</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Installation--The_installation_process"></a>6.4.2. El proceso de instalación
</h4></div></div></div><p>Recuerde los <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/Requirements" target="_top">requerimientos
del sistema</a> y asegúrese que tenga al menos dos tarjetas de red (NIC)
si planea configurar un servidor de clientes ligeros.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Elige el idioma (para la instalación y el sistema instalado)
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Elige un lugar que normalmente sería el lugar donde vives.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Seleccione una disposición de teclado (la predeterminada para su país es la
mejor opción)
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Elige el(los) perfil(es) de la siguiente lista:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p><span class="strong"><strong>Main-Server</strong></span>
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: square; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>Este es el servidor principal (tjener) para su escuela, el cual provee todos
los servicios preconfigurados listos para trabajar. ¡Usted solo debe
instalar un servidor principal por escuela! este perfil no incluye una
interfaz gráfica para el usuario. Si usted desea una interfaz gráfica, debe
seleccionar la opción de estación de trabajo, o servidor de clientes ligeros
para agregarla.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="strong"><strong>Workstation</strong></span>
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: square; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>Una computadora que inicia desde su disco duro, y funciona con todos los
programas y dispositivos localmente como una computadora común, pero el
usuario será autenticado por el servidor principal, donde los archivos de
los usuarios y las configuraciones para escritorio son guardados.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="strong"><strong>Roaming workstation</strong></span>
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: square; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>Same as workstation but capable of authentication using cached credentials,
meaning it can be used outside the school network. The users' files and
profiles are stored on the local disk. For single user notebooks and laptops
this profile should be selected and not 'Workstation' or 'Standalone' as
suggested in earlier releases.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="strong"><strong>Thin-Client-Server</strong></span>
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: square; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>Un servidor para clientes ligeros (y estaciones sin disco), también suele
ser llamado servidor LTSP. Clientes sin disco duro, inician y utilizan
aplicaciones desde el servidor. Estas computadoras necesitan al menos, dos
tarjetas de red, mucha memoria e idealmente más de un procesador o
núcleo. Vea el capítulo relacionado a <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients" title="17. HowTos para clientes en red">
clientes de red</a> para mayor información en este tema. Seleccionar este
perfil también habilita el perfil de estación de trabajo (aún si no es
seleccionado), un servidor de clientes delgados, siempre puede ser utilizado
como estación de trabajo.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="strong"><strong>Standalone</strong></span>
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: square; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>Una computadora común que puede funcionar sin un servidor (esto quiere
decir, que no necesita estar en la red). Incluye laptops.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="strong"><strong>Minimal</strong></span>
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: square; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>Este perfil instalará los paquetes básicos y configurará la computadora para
integrarse en la red Debian Edu, pero sin ningún servicio ni
aplicaciones. Es útil como plataforma para servicios simples manualmente
migrados desde el servidor principal.
</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div><p>Los perfiles <span class="strong"><strong>Main Server</strong></span>, <span class="strong"><strong>Workstation</strong></span> y <span class="strong"><strong>Thin Client
Server</strong></span> son preseleccionados. Estos perfiles pueden ser instalados
en una misma computadora si desea instalar el llamado <span class="emphasis"><em>servidor
principal combinado</em></span>. Esto significa que el servidor principal
será un servidor de clientes ligeros y también será usado como una estación
de trabajo. Esta es la opción prederterminada, ya que asumimos que la
mayoría de personas luego instalará <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--Installation_over_the_network_.28PXE.29_and_booting_diskless_clients" title="6.4.5. Instalación a través de la red (PXE) e inicio de estaciones sin disco.">via
PXE</a>. Tenga en cuenta que debe tener dos tarjetas de red instalado en
la computadora que se va a usada como servidor principal combinado o como
servidor de clientes ligeros para que pueda ser útil después de su
instalación.
</p></li></ul></div><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> El orden de las tarjetas de red después de la instalación puede cambiar del
orden durante la instalación. El orden deseado puede conseguirse editando el
archivo
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/udev/rules.d/70-persistent-net.rules</code>:
Usualmente, <span class="emphasis"><em>si esto pasa</em></span>, querrá reemplazar eth0 con
eth1 y eth1 con eth0; un reinicio del equipo es necesario para que los
cambios tengan efecto.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Seleccione "si" o "no" para particionamiento automático. Este consciente que
al seleccionar sí, ¡se eliminarán todos los datos en el disco duro!, al
seleccionar no, se requerirá más trabajo y necesitará que las particiones
requeridas sean creadas y tengan suficiente espacio.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Por favor, seleccione "sí" para enviar información a <a class="ulink" href="http://popcon.skolelinux.org/" target="_top">http://popcon.skolelinux.org/</a> para permitirnos saber que paquetes
son populares y deberían de mantenerse para futuras versiones. Usted no esta
obligado a hacerlo, pero es la manera más fácil de que colabore. <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/smile.png" alt=":)" /></span>
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Espere. Si en los perfiles seleccionados se incluye Thin-client-server,
entonces el instalador tardará un poco mas al final "Finalizando la
instalación - Ejecutando debian'edu'profile'udeb....."
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Después de introducir la contraseña de root, se le solicitará crear una
cuenta de usuario normal "para tareas no administrativas". Para Debian Edu
esta cuenta de usuario es muy importante: es la cuenta que se usará para
administrar la red Skolelinux.
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> La contraseña para este usuario <span class="strong"><strong>debe</strong></span>
tener una longitud de <span class="strong"><strong>al menos 5
caracteres</strong></span>, de los contrario, el ingreso al sistema no será
posible (aunque el instalador acepte una contraseña menor).
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sonríe :)
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Installation--Notes_on_some_characteristics"></a>6.4.3. Notas en algunas características
</h4></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="Installation--A_note_on_notebooks"></a>6.4.3.1. Nota sobre equipos portátiles.
</h5></div></div></div><p>Most likely you will want to use the 'Roaming workstation' profile (see
above). Be aware that all data is stored locally (so take some extra care
over backups) and login credentials are cached (so after a password change,
logins may require your old password if you have not connected your laptop
to the network and logged in with the new password).
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="Installation--A_note_on_multi-arch_USB_flash_drive_.2BAC8_Blu-ray_disc_image_installs"></a>6.4.3.2. Nota sobre instalaciones con imagen multiarquitectura USB / Blu-ray
</h5></div></div></div><p>Después de instalar desde una imagen multiarquitectura USB / Blu-ray,
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/apt/sources.list</code> contendrá fuentes de
esa imagen. Si tiene conexión a Internet, le sugerimos agregar las
siguientes lineas para que las actualizaciones de seguridad disponible se
puedan instalar:
</p><pre class="screen">deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ jessie main
deb http://security.debian.org/ jessie/updates main </pre></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="Installation--A_note_on_CD_installs"></a>6.4.3.3. Nota acerca de de la instalación con CD
</h5></div></div></div><p>Una instalación por red (que es el tipo de instalación que ofrece nuestro
CD) tomará algunos paquetes del CD y el resto lo tomará de Internet. El
monto de paquetes tomados desde la red varia de perfil en perfil pero se
mantiene menor a un gigabyte (al menos que elija instalar todos los
escritorios posibles). Una vez que tiene instalado el servidor principal (ya
sea un servidor principal o un servidor combinado), futuras instalaciones
usarán el proxy para prevenir la descarga de los mismos paquetes muchas
veces desde Internet.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="Installation--A_note_on_thin-client-server_installations"></a>6.4.3.4. Nota sobre la instalación de servidores de clientes ligeros
</h5></div></div></div><p>First of all, this profile name is confusing for historic reasons. Currently
this profile actually installs an LTSP server environment for thin-clients
and for diskless workstations. Debian bug <a class="ulink" href="https://bugs.debian.org/588510#" target="_top">588510</a> has been filed to
change the name of the profile into a better suited one.
</p><p>Al proporcionar el parámetro de carga del núcleo
<code class="computeroutput">edu-skip-ltsp-make-client</code>, hace posible
omitir el paso en el que se convierte el entorno de LTSP de cliente delgado
a un ambiente combinado de cliente delgado/estación de trabajo sin disco.
</p><p>This is useful in certain situations, such as if you want a pure thin client
chroot or if there is already a diskless chroot on another server, which can
be rsynced. For these situations skipping this step will cut down the
installation time considerably.
</p><p>Excepto por el extenso tiempo de instalación, no hay problema en crear un
chroot combinado y por eso se hace de forma predeterminada.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Installation--Installation_using_USB_flash_drives_instead_of_CD_.2BAC8_Blu-ray_discs"></a>6.4.4. Instalación utilizando memorias USB lugar de CD / Blu-ray
</h4></div></div></div><p>Desde el lanzamiento de Squeeze es posible copiar directamente las imágenes
<code class="computeroutput">.iso</code> de CD/DVD/BD a una unidad USB (también
conocido como "memoria USB") e iniciar desde ellos. Solamente ejecute un
comando como este, ponga el nombre del archivo y la ruta al dispositivo que
desee instalar.
</p><p><code class="computeroutput">sudo dd if=debian-edu-amd64-i386-XXX.iso of=/dev/sdX
bs=1024</code>
</p><p>Dependiendo de la imágen seleccionada, la unidad USB se comportará como un
CD o Blu-ray.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Installation--Installation_over_the_network_.28PXE.29_and_booting_diskless_clients"></a>6.4.5. Instalación a través de la red (PXE) e inicio de estaciones sin disco.
</h4></div></div></div><p>Para este método de instalación es necesario que el servidor principal esté
encendido. Cuando los clientes cargan a través de la red principal, un nuevo
menú PXE con un instalador y opciones de selección de carga se mostrará. Si
la instalación PXE falla con un mensaje de error mencionando que un archivo
XXX.bin no se encuentra, es más probable que la tarjeta de red del cliente
requiera un firmware no libre. En este caso el initrd del instalador de
Debian debe ser modificado. Esto se puede lograr ejecutando el comando
<code class="computeroutput">/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/pxe-addfirmware</code>
en el servidor.
</p><p>This is how the PXE menu looks with the <span class="strong"><strong>Main-Server</strong></span> profile only:
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/pxe-tjener.png" alt="width=400" /></span>
</p><p>This is how the PXE menu looks with the <span class="strong"><strong>Main-Server</strong></span> and <span class="strong"><strong>Thin-Client-Server</strong></span> profiles:
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" alt="width=400" /></span>
</p><p>Esta configuración permite iniciar a las estaciones sin disco y clientes
ligeros a través de la red principal. A diferencia de las estaciones de
trabajo, las estaciones de trabajo sin disco no necesitan ser agregadas a
LDAP con GOsa², pero pueden agregarse, si necesita forzar el nombre del
host.
</p><p>Más información acerca de los clientes de red puede ser encontrada en el
capítulo <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients" title="17. HowTos para clientes en red">clientes de red</a>.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations"></a>6.4.5.1. Modificar instalaciones PXE
</h5></div></div></div><p>La instalación PXE utiliza un archivo de preconfiguración para
debian-installer, que puede ser modificado y solicitar más paquetes para
instalar.
</p><p>Una línea como esta debe ser agregada
a<code class="computeroutput">tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</code>
</p><pre class="screen">d-i pkgsel/include string my-extra-package(s)</pre><p>La instalación PXE usa el archivo
<code class="computeroutput">/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/install.cfg</code> y
el archivo de preconfiguración
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</code>.
Estos archivos pueden modificarse para ser ajustados a la configuración
usada durante la instalación y así evitar las preguntas cuando se realicen
instalaciones por red. Otra manera de lograr esto es agregar configuraciones
extras a los archivos
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</code> y
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</code>
y ejecutar <code class="computeroutput">/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</code>
para actualizar los archivos generados.
</p><p>Más información puede ser encontrada en el <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/installmanual" target="_top">manual del
instalador Debian</a>.
</p><p>Para desactivar o cambiar el uso del proxy cuando instale vía PXE, necesita
cambiar las lineas que contengan
<code class="computeroutput">mirror/http/proxy</code>,
<code class="computeroutput">mirror/ftp/proxy</code> y
<code class="computeroutput">preseed/early_command</code> en el archivo
<code class="computeroutput">tjener:/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat
</code>. Para desactivar el uso de proxy cuando instale, anteponga
el signo '#' al inicio de las primeras dos lineas y elimine
"<code class="computeroutput">export http_proxy="http://webcache:3128";
</code>" de la última linea.
</p><p>Algunas configuraciones no pueden preconfigurarse porque son necesiarias
antes que el archivo de preconfiguración sea descargado. Estas son
configuradas en los argumentos de carga PXElinux-based disponibles en
<code class="computeroutput">/var/lib/tftproot/debian-edu/install.cfg</code>.
Idioma, disposición del teclados y escritorio son algunas de estas
configuraciones.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Installation--Custom_images"></a>6.4.6. Imágenes personalizadas
</h4></div></div></div><p>Creating custom CDs, DVDs or Blu-ray discs can be quite easy since we use
the <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/" target="_top">Debian
Installer</a>, which has a modular design and other nice
features. <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Preseed" target="_top">Preseeding</a>
allows you to define answers to the questions normally asked.
</p><p>So all you need to do is to create a preseeding file with your answers (this
is described in the appendix of the Debian Installer manual) and <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianInstaller/Modify/CD" target="_top">remaster the
CD/DVD</a>.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Installation--Screenshot_tour"></a>6.5. Captura de pantalla del paseo
</h3></div></div></div><p>El modo de texto y modo gráfico de instalación son idénticos, sólo la
apariencia es diferente. El modo gráfico le ofrece la oportunidad de
utilizar un ratón y por supuesto, el modo gráfico se ve mucho mejor y más
moderno. A menos que el hardware presente problemas con el modo gráfico, no
hay razón para no usarlo.
</p><p>So here is a screenshot tour through a graphical Main-Server + Workstation +
Thin Client Server installation and how it looks at the first boot of the
tjener, a PXE boot on the workstation network and on the thinclient network:
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/01-Installer_boot_menu.png" alt="01-Installer_boot_menu.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/02-select_a_language.png" alt="02-select_a_language.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/03-select_your_location.png" alt="03-select_your_location.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" alt="04-Configure_the_keyboard.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png" alt="05-Detect_and_mount_CD-ROM.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png" alt="06-Load_installer_components_from_CD.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/07-Detect_network_hardware.png" alt="07-Detect_network_hardware.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" alt="08-Choose_Debian_Edu_profile.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png" alt="09-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png" alt="10-Really_use_the_automatic_partitioning_tool-Yes.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png" alt="11-Participate_in_the_package_usage_survey.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" alt="12-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" alt="12a-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" alt="12b-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" alt="12c-Set_up_users_and_passwords.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png" alt="12d-Setting-up-the-partitioner.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/12e-creating_ext4.png" alt="12e-creating_ext4.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/13-Install+the+base+system.png" alt="13-Install the base system.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/14-Select_and_install_software.png" alt="14-Select_and_install_software.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/17-Select_and_install_software.png" alt="17-Select_and_install_software.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/18-Build+LTSP+chroot.png" alt="18-Build LTSP chroot.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png" alt="19-Install_the_GRUB_boot_loader_on_a_hard_disk.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/20-Finish_the_Installation.png" alt="20-Finish_the_Installation.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" alt="21-Finish_the_Installation-Installation_complete.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png" alt="22-Tjener_GRUB_boot_menu.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/23-Tjener-KDM_Login.png" alt="Inicio de sesión KDM en tjener" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/24-Tjener-KDE_Start.png" alt="Iniciando KDE.." /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/26-Tjener-KDE_Desktop_Browser.png" alt="KDE y el navegador" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png" alt="Escritorio KDE" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" alt="28-Diskless-WS-GRUB_Boot_menu-PXE.png" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/29-Diskless-WS-LDM_Login.png" alt="Inicio de sesión de estaciones sin disco" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/31-ThinClient-KDE_Desktop.png" alt="Escritorio KDE" /></span>
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="GettingStarted"></a>7. Iniciando
</h2></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="GettingStarted--Minimum_steps_to_get_started"></a>7.1. Pasos mínimos para iniciar
</h3></div></div></div><p>Durante la instalación del servidor principal, fue creada una primera cuenta
de usuario. A continuación, esta cuenta se llamará "primer usuario". Esta
cuenta es especial, ya que no existe una cuenta de Samba (puede agregarse
vía GOsa²), los permisos para el directorio del usuario están establecidos
en 700 (es necesario ejecutar <code class="computeroutput">chmod o+x ~</code>
para que el sitio web personal sea accesible), el primer usuario puede usar
<code class="computeroutput">sudo</code> para convertirse en root.
</p><p>Después de la instalación, las primeras cosas que necesita hacer como
usuario son:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Iniciar sesión en el servidor. Con la cuenta de roor puede ingresar en modo
gráfico.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Agregar usuarios con GOsa²
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Agregar estaciones de trabajo con GOsa² - clientes ligeros y estaciones de
trabajo sin disco pueden ser usados directamente sin ser agregados.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Run <code class="computeroutput">sudo debian-edu-nscd-netgroup-cache
disable</code> in a terminal as a workaround for Debian bug <a class="ulink" href="https://bugs.debian.org/791562#" target="_top">791562</a>.
</p></li></ol></div><p>Como agregar usuarios y estaciones de trabajo es descrito con más detalle a
continuación. Por favor, lea este capítulo completamente. Abarca como
realizar estos pasos mínimos correctamente, además de otras cosas que
probablemente todos necesitan hacer.
</p><p>There is additional information available elsewhere in this manual: the
<a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Features" title="23. Nuevas características en Debin Edu Jessie">New features in Jessie</a> chapter should be
read by everyone who is familiar with previous releases. And for those
upgrading from a previous release, make sure to read the <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Upgrades" title="12. Actualizaciones">Upgrades</a> chapter.
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> If generic DNS traffic is blocked out of your network and you need to use
some specific DNS server to look up internet hosts, you need to tell the DNS
server to use this server as its "forwarder". Update
/etc/bind/named.conf.options and specify the IP address of the DNS server to
use.
</p><p>El capítulo <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#HowTo" title="13. Guías">HowTo</a> describe más trucos, pistas
y algunas preguntas de uso frecuente.
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/27-Tjener-KDE_Desktop.png" alt="Debian Edu KDE desktop" /></span>
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="GettingStarted--Services_running_on_the_main_server"></a>7.1.1. Servicios que corren en el servidor principal
</h4></div></div></div><p>Hay varios servicios ejecutándose en el servidor principal que se pueden
gestionar con una interfaz web. Describiremos estos servicios a
continuación.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="GettingStarted--Introduction_to_GOsa.2BALI-"></a>7.2. Introducción a GOsa²
</h3></div></div></div><p>GOsa²es una herramienta de administración web, que le ayudará a administrar
algunas de las partes importantes de su configuración de Debian Edu. Podrá
administrar (agregar, modificar o eliminar) estos principales grupos:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Administración de usuarios
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Administración de grupos
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Administración de grupos de red NIS
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Administración de computadoras
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Administración DNS
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Administración DHCP
</p></li></ul></div><p>Para acceder a GOsa², necesita el servidor principal Skolelinux y una
computadora con un navegador web, puede ser el mismo servidor principal si
se instaló como un servidor combinado (servidor principal + servidor de
clientes ligeros + estación de trabajo). Si no tiene disponible nada de lo
mencionado anteriormente, vea <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Installing_a_graphical_environment_on_the_main-server_to_use_GOsa.2BALI-" title="14.3. Installing a graphical environment on the main-server to use GOsa²">Instalar
un entorno gráfico en el servidor principal para usar GOsa²</a>.
</p><p>Desde un navegador web, utilice <a class="ulink" href="https://www/gosa" target="_top">https://www/gosa</a> para acceder
a GOsa² e ingrese por primera vez.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Si está utilizando una computadora nueva con Debian Edu, el certificado de
seguridad del sitio web será reconocido por el navegador.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Caso contrario, obtendrá un mensaje de error sobre certificado SSL
equivocado. Si sabe que solamente usted se encuentra conectado a la red,
acepte e ignórelo.
</p></li></ul></div><p>Para información general sobre GOsa², revise: <a class="ulink" href="https://oss.gonicus.de/labs/gosa/wiki/documentation" target="_top">https://oss.gonicus.de/labs/gosa/wiki/documentation</a>
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="GettingStarted--GOsa.2BALI-_Login_plus_Overview"></a>7.2.1. GOsa² Login plus Overview
</h4></div></div></div><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/gosa2_overview.png" alt="GOsa² overview page after login as the first user" /></span>
</p><p>After logging in to GOsa² you will see the overview page of GOsa².
</p><p>Next, you can choose a task in the menu or click any of the task icons on
the overview page. For navigation, we recommend using the menu on the left
side of the screen, as it will stay visible there on all administration
pages offered by GOsa².
</p><p>En Debian Edu, la información del sistema, grupos y cuentas de usuario es
guardada en un directorio de LDAP. Esta información es utilizada no solo por
el servidor principal, sino también por las estaciones sin disco, los
servidores de clientes ligeros y las computadoras con Windows en la red. Con
LDAP, la información sobre los estudiantes, docentes y demás, solo necesita
ser ingresada una vez. Una vez que la información ha sido ingresada en LDAP,
estará disponible para todos los sistemas en toda la red Skolelinux.
</p><p>GOsa² es una herramienta de administración que usa LDAP para almacenar su
información y provee una estructura jerárquica por departamento. Para cada
"departamento" puede agregar cuentas de usuario, grupos, sistemas, grupos de
red y demás. En dependencia de la estructura de su institución, puede usar
la estructura en GOsa²/LDAP para transferir su estructura organizacional al
árbol de datos LDAP del servidor principal Debian Edu.
</p><p>A default Debian Edu main server installation currently provides two
"departments": Teachers and Students, plus the base level of the LDAP
tree. Student accounts are intended to be added to the "Students"
department, teachers to the "Teachers" department; systems (servers,
Skolelinux workstations, Windows machines, printers etc.) are currently
added to the base level. Find your own scheme for customising this
structure. (You can find an example how to create users in year groups, with
common home directories for each group in the <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie//HowTo/AdvancedAdministration#User_Customisations_with_GOsa.2BALI-" target="_top">HowTo/AdvancedAdministration</a>
chapter of this manual.)
</p><p>En dependencia de la tarea que desee realizar (administrar usuarios, grupos,
sistemas, etc) GOsa² le mostrará una vista diferente en el departamento
seleccionado (o el nivel básico).
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="GettingStarted--User_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-"></a>7.3. Gestión de usuarios con GOsa²
</h3></div></div></div><p>En primer lugar, haga clic en "Usuarios" en el menú de navegación de la
izquierda. El lado derecho de la pantalla cambiará para mostrar una tabla
con las carpetas de departamento para "Estudiantes" y "maestros" y la cuenta
GOsa² Super-Administrador (el primer usuario creado). Por encima de esta
tabla se puede ver un campo llamado <span class="emphasis"><em> Base </em></span> que le
permite navegar a través de su estructura de árbol (mueva el ratón sobre esa
zona y aparecerá un menú desplegable) y seleccione una carpeta de base para
sus operaciones previstas (por ejemplo, la adición de un nuevo usuario).
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="GettingStarted--Adding_users"></a>7.3.1. Agregar usuarios
</h4></div></div></div><p>Al lado de ese elemento de navegación de árbol se puede ver el menú
"Acciones". Mueva su ratón sobre este ítem y un submenú aparecerá en la
pantalla; seleccione "Crear", y luego "Usuario". Desde aquí será guíado por
el asistente de creación de usuarios.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Lo más importante es el agregar un perfil (nuevoestudiante o nuevoprofesor)
y el nombre completo del usuario (ver imágen)
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>As you follow the wizard, you will see that GOsa² generates a username
automatically based on the real name. It automatically chooses a username
that doesn't exist yet, so multiple users with the same full name are not a
problem. Note that GOsa² can generate invalid usernames if the full name
contains non-ASCII characters.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>If you don't like the generated username you can select another username
offered in the drop-down box, but you do not have a free choice here in the
wizard. (If you want to be able to edit the proposed username, open
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/gosa/gosa.conf</code> with an editor and add
<code class="computeroutput">allowUIDProposalModification="true"</code> as an
additional option to the "location definition".)
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>When the wizard has finished, you are presented with the GOsa² screen for
your new user object. Use the tabs at the top to check the completed fields.
</p></li></ul></div><p>After you have created the user (no need to customise fields the wizard has
left empty for now), click on the "Ok" button in the bottom-right corner.
</p><p>As the last step GOsa² will ask for a password for the new user. Type that
in twice and then click "Set password" in the bottom-right corner. <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> Some characters may not be allowed as part of the password.
</p><p>If all went well, you can now see the new user in the user list table. You
should now be able to log in with that username on any Skolelinux machine
within your network.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="GettingStarted--Search.2C_modify_and_delete_users"></a>7.3.2. Buscar, modificar y borrar usuarios
</h4></div></div></div><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/filterbox.png" alt="Filterbox" /></span>
</p><p>To modify or delete a user, use GOsa² to browse the list of users on your
system. On the middle of the screen you may open the "Filter" box, a search
tool provided by GOsa². If you don't know the exact location of your user
account in your tree, change to the base level of the GOsa²/LDAP tree and
search there with the option marked "Search in subtrees".
</p><p>When using the "Filter" box, results will immediately appear in the middle
of the text in the table list view. Every line represents a user account and
the items farthest to the right on each line are little icons that provide
actions for you: cut entry, copy entry, edit user, lock account, set
password, take snapshot (not usable) and remove user.
</p><p>Una nueva página se mostrará donde podrá modificar la información pertinente
al usuario directamente, cambiar su contraseña y modificar la lista de
grupos a los que pertenece.
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/edit_user.png" alt="Editar datos de usuarios" /></span>
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="GettingStarted--Set_passwords"></a>7.3.3. Establecer contraseñas
</h4></div></div></div><p>Los estudiantes pueden cambiar sus contraseñas ingresando a GOsa² son sus
propios usuarios. Para facilitar el acceso a GOsa², un acceso directo
llamado Gosa se encuentra en el menú escritorio (o en configuración del
sistema). Una sesión de estudiante tendrá una versión mínima de GOsa² que
solamente le brinda acceso a la hoja de información del usuario y a la
opción de cambio de contraseña.
</p><p>Los profesores que ingresan con sus propios nombres de usuarios, tienen
privilegios especiales en GOsa². Ellos poseen una vista con más privilegios
y pueden cambiar la contraseña de todas las cuentas de estudiantes. Esto
puede ser muy practico durante clases.
</p><p>Para establecer una nueva contraseña para el usuario
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Busque el usuario que desea modificar, tal como se explicó anteriormente
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Haga clic en la flecha al final del usuario
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>En la siguiente página, puede escribir la nueva contraseña
</p></li></ol></div><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/change_password_administratively.png" alt="Establecer contraseñas de usuario" /></span>
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong> ¡Tenga cuidado con las consecuencias a la
seguridad, debido a la facilidad de las contraseñas!</strong></span>
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="GettingStarted--Advanced_user_management"></a>7.3.4. Administración avanzada de usuarios
</h4></div></div></div><p>Es posible crear usuarios masivamente con GOsa² usando un archivo CSV, que
puede ser creado con un software de hoja de cálculo
(<code class="computeroutput">localc</code> por ejemplo). Se deben proveer, al
menos, datos para los siguientes campos: uid, last name (sn), first name
(givenName) y password. Asegúrese de no duplicar datos en el campo uid. Note
que la revisión de duplicados debe incluir los registros ya existentes en
LDAP (que puede ser obtenido ejecutando <code class="computeroutput">getent passwd | grep
tjener/home | cut -d":" -f1</code> en la linea de comando).
</p><p>These are the format guidelines for such a CSV file (GOsa² is quite
intolerant about them):
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Use "," como separador de campos
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Do not use quotes
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>El archivo CSV <span class="strong"><strong>no debe</strong></span> contener un
encabezado (no debe tener el nombre de la columna)
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>El orden de los campos no es relevante, y puede ser definido en GOsa²
durante la importación masiva
</p></li></ul></div><p>Los pasos para importe masivo son:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Haga clic en el enlace "LDAP Manager" en el menú de navegación a la
izquierda
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Haga clic en la pestaña "Importar" al lado derecho de la pantalla
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Busque en su disco local el archivo CSV con la lista de usuarios que desea
importar
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Eliga una plantilla de usuarios disponible que se aplicará durante la
importación masiva (como NewTeacher o NewStudent)
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Haga clic en el botón "Importar" en la esquina inferior derecha
</p></li></ol></div><p>Es una buena idea el hacer pruebas antes, de preferencia con un archivo CSV
con usuarios ficticios, que pueden ser eliminados después.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="GettingStarted--Group_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-"></a>7.4. Gestión de usuarios con GOsa²
</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/create_group.png" alt="crear un grupo" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/list_groups.png" alt="crear un grupo" /></span>
</p><p>La gestión de grupos es muy similar a la gestión de usuarios.
</p><p>Puede ingresar un nombre y una descripción por grupo. Asegúrese de elegir el
nivel correcto en el árbol LDAP cuando cree un nuevo grupo.
</p><p>By default, the appropriate Samba group isn't created. If you forgot to
check the Samba group option during group creation, you can modify the group
later on.
</p><p>Adding users to a newly created group takes you back to the user list, where
you most probably would like to use the filter box to find users. Check the
LDAP tree level, too.
</p><p>Los grupos incluidos en el manejo de grupos, son también grupos regulares de
Unix, así que pueden utilizarse también para los permisos de archivos.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="GettingStarted--Group_Management_on_the_command_line"></a>7.4.1. Gestión de grupos en la linea de comando
</h4></div></div></div><pre class="screen"># Muestra el mapeo existente entre grupos UNIX y Windows.
net groupmap list
# Agrega un grupo nuevo o faltante:
net groupmap add unixgroup=GRUPO_NUEVO type=domain ntgroup="GRUPO_NUEVO_GRUPO"\
comment="DESCRIPCIÓN DEL GRUPO NUEVO"</pre><p>Esto se explica detalladamente en el capítulo <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration" title="17.6. Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration">HowTo/NetworkClients</a>
de este manual.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="GettingStarted--Machine_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-"></a>7.5. Administración de equipos con GOsa²
</h3></div></div></div><p>Machine management basically allows you to manage all networked devices in
your Debian Edu network. Every machine added to the LDAP directory using
GOsa² has a hostname, an IP address, a MAC address and a domain name (which
is usually "intern"). For a fuller description of the Debian Edu
architecture see the <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Architecture" title="3. Arquitectura">architecture</a>
chapter of this manual.
</p><p>Diskless workstations and thin-clients work out-of-the-box when connected to
the main network. Only workstations with disks <span class="strong"><strong>have</strong></span> to be added with GOsa², but all <span class="strong"><strong>can</strong></span>.
</p><p>To add a machine, use the GOsa² main menu, systems, add. You can use an IP
address/hostname from the preconfigured address space 10.0.0.0/8. Currently
there are only two predefined fixed addresses: 10.0.2.2 (tjener) and
10.0.0.1 (gateway). The addresses from 10.0.16.20 to 10.0.31.254 (roughly
10.0.16.0/20 or 4000 hosts) are reserved for DHCP and are assigned
dynamically.
</p><p>To assign a host with the MAC address 52:54:00:12:34:10 a static IP address
in GOsa² you have to enter the MAC address, the hostname and the IP;
alternatively you might click the <code class="computeroutput">Propose
ip</code> button which will show the first free fixed address in
10.0.0.0/8, most probably something like 10.0.0.2 if you add the first
machine this way. It may be better to first think about your network: for
example you could use 10.0.0.x with x>10 and x<50 for servers, and
x>100 for workstations. Don't forget to activate the just added
system. With the exception of the main server all systems will then have a
matching icon.
</p><p>If the machines have booted as thin clients/diskless workstations or have
been installed using any of the networked profiles, the
<code class="computeroutput">sitesummary2ldapdhcp</code> script can be used to
automatically add machines to GOsa², <code class="computeroutput">sitesummary2ldapdhcp
-h</code> shows usage information. Please note, that the IP
addresses shown after usage of
<code class="computeroutput">sitesummary2ldapdhcp</code> belong to the dynamic
IP range. These systems can then be modified though to suit your network:
rename each new system, activate DHCP and DNS, add it to netgroups, if
needed; reboot the system afterwards. The following screenshots show how
this looks in practice:
</p><pre class="screen">root@tjener:~# sitesummary2ldapdhcp -a -i ether-00:04:76:d3:28:b7 -t workstations
info: Create GOsa machine for auto-mac-00-04-76-d3-28-b7.intern [10.0.16.21] id ether-00:04:76:d3:28:b7.
Enter password if you want to activate these changes, and ^c to abort.
Connecting to LDAP as cn=admin,ou=ldap-access,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no
enter password: </pre><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/gosa_systems_list.png" alt="GOsa² systems listing" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/gosa_systems_host_details.png" alt="Host details" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/gosa_systems_edit_host.png" alt="Modify host" /></span>
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/gosa_systems_add_netgroup.png" alt="Add netgroup" /></span>
</p><p>A cronjob updating DNS runs every hour; <code class="computeroutput">su -c
ldap2bind</code> can be used to trigger the update manually.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="GettingStarted--Search_and_delete_machines"></a>7.5.1. Buscar y eliminar computadoras
</h4></div></div></div><p>Buscar computadoras para ser eliminadas, es bastante similar a buscar
usuarios para eliminar, por lo que esa información no se repite aquí.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="GettingStarted--Modify_existing_machines_.2BAC8_Netgroup_management"></a>7.5.2. Modificar equipos existentes / Manejo del grupo de red
</h4></div></div></div><p>After adding a machine to the LDAP tree using GOsa², you can modify its
properties using the search functionality and clicking on the machine name
(as you would with users).
</p><p>The format of these system entries is similar to the one you already know
from modifying user entries, but the fields mean different things in this
context.
</p><p>For example, adding a machine to a <code class="computeroutput">NetGroup</code>
does not modify the file access or command execution permissions for that
machine or the users logged in to that machine; instead it restricts the
services that machine can use on your main-server.
</p><p>La instalación por defecto proporciona la <code class="computeroutput">Grupo de
Red</code>
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>cups-queue-autoflush-hosts
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>fs-autoresize-hosts
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>ltsp-server-hosts
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>netblock-hosts
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>printer-hosts
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>server-hosts
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>shutdown-at-night-hosts
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>winstation-hosts
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>workstation-hosts
</p></li></ul></div><p>Actualmente, la funcionalidad de <code class="computeroutput">NetGroup</code>
se utiliza para
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>NFS.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>The home directories are exported by the main-server to be mounted by the
workstations and the LTSP servers. For security reasons, only hosts within
the workstation-hosts, ltsp-server-hosts and server-hosts
<code class="computeroutput">NetGroups</code> can mount the exported NFS
shares. So it is rather important to remember to configure these kinds of
machines properly in the LDAP tree using GOsa² and to configure them to use
static IP addresses from LDAP.
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> Recuerde configurar las estaciones de trabajos y los servidores ltsp de
manera correcta con GOsa², o sus usuarios no tendrán acceso a sus
directorios personales. Las estaciones de trabajo sin disco y los clientes
ligeros no usan NFS, por lo que no necesitan ser configurados.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>fs-autoresize
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>Los equipos con Debian Edu en este grupo, automáticamente acondicionarán las
particiones LVM que estén próximas a quedarse sin espacio disponible.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>shutdown at night
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>Los equipos con Debian Edu en este grupo, se apagarán automáticamente por
las noches para ahorrar energía.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>CUPS (cups-queue-autoflush-hosts and cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts)
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>Debian Edu machines in these groups will automatically flush all print
queues every night, and re-enable any disabled print queue every hour.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>netblock-hosts
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>Debian Edu machines in this group will only be allowed to connect to
machines on the local network. Combined with web proxy restrictions this
might be used during exams.
</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div><p>Another important part of machine configuration is the 'Samba host' flag (in
the 'Host information' area). If you plan to add existing Windows systems to
the Skolelinux Samba domain, you need to add the Windows host to the LDAP
tree and set this flag to be able to join the Windows host to the
domain. For more information about adding Windows hosts to the Skolelinux
network see the <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients--Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration" title="17.6. Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration">HowTo/NetworkClients</a>
chapter of this manual.
</p></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="GettingStarted--Printer_Management"></a>8. Printer Management
</h2></div></div></div><p>For Printer Management point your web browser to <a class="ulink" href="https://www:631" target="_top">https://www:631</a>. This is the normal CUPS management interface where
you can add/delete/modify your printers and can clean up the printing
queue. By default only root is allowed but this can be changed: Open
/etc/cups/cups-files.conf with an editor and add one or more valid group
names matching your site policy to the line containing
<code class="computeroutput">SystemGroup lpadmin</code>. Existing GOsa² groups
that might be used are <code class="computeroutput">gosa-admins</code> (with
the first user as member), <code class="computeroutput">teachers</code> and
<code class="computeroutput">jradmins</code> (no members after installation).
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="GettingStarted--Clock_synchronisation"></a>9. Sincronización del reloj
</h2></div></div></div><p>The default configuration in Debian Edu is to keep the clocks on all
machines synchronous but not necessarily correct. NTP is used to update the
time. The clocks will be synchronised with an external source by default.
This can cause machines to keep the external Internet connection open if it
is created when used.
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> Si usa conexión dialip o ISDN y paga por minuto, es posible que desee
cambiar esta configuración predeterminada.
</p><p>To disable synchronisation with an external clock, the file /etc/ntp.conf on
the main-server and all clients and LTSP chroots need to be modified. Add
comment ("#") marks in front of the <code class="computeroutput">server</code>
entries. After this, the NTP server needs to be restarted by running
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/init.d/ntp restart</code> as root. To test
if a machine is using the external clock sources, run <code class="computeroutput">ntpq
-c lpeer</code>.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="GettingStarted--Extending_full_partitions"></a>10. Redimensionando particiones completas
</h2></div></div></div><p>Because of a possible bug with automatic partitioning, some partitions might
be too full after installation. To extend these partitions, run
<code class="computeroutput">debian-edu-fsautoresize -n</code> as root. See
the "Resizing Partitions" HowTo in the <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration--Resizing_Partitions" title="14.2. Redimensionando Particiones">administration HowTo
chapter</a> for more information.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="Maintenance"></a>11. Maintenance
</h2></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Maintenance--Updating_the_software"></a>11.1. Actualizar el software
</h3></div></div></div><p>This section explains how to use <code class="computeroutput">apt-get
upgrade</code>.
</p><p>Using <code class="computeroutput">apt-get</code> is really simply. To update a
system you need to execute two commands on the command line as root:
<code class="computeroutput">apt-get update</code> (which updates the lists of
available packages) and <code class="computeroutput">apt-get upgrade</code>
(which upgrades the packages for which an upgrade is available).
</p><p>As Debian Edu uses libpam-tmpdir, setting a per user TMP directory, it is a
good idea to run apt-get without the TMP and TMPDIR variables set in the
LTSP chroot. It is also a good idea to upgrade using the C locale to get
known output and sorting order, even though that making a difference is a
bug in a package.
</p><pre class="screen">LC_ALL=C apt-get update ; LC_ALL=C TMP= TMPDIR= ltsp-chroot apt-get update
LC_ALL=C apt-get upgrade -y
LC_ALL=C TMP= TMPDIR= ltsp-chroot -p apt-get upgrade -y
ltsp-update-kernels # If a new kernel was installed</pre><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> It is important to run <code class="computeroutput">ltsp-update-kernels</code>
if a new kernel was installed in the LTSP chroot, to keep the kernel and
kernel modules in sync. The kernel is handed out via TFTP when the machine
does PXE boot, and the kernel modules are fetched from the LTSP chroot.
</p><p>También es buena idea instalar <code class="computeroutput">cron-apt</code> y
<code class="computeroutput">apt-listchanges</code> y configurarlos para que le
envíe corre electrónico.
</p><p><code class="computeroutput">cron-apt</code> will notify you once a day via
email about any packages that can be upgraded. It does not install these
upgrades, but does download them (usually in the night), so you don't have
to wait for the download when you do <code class="computeroutput">apt-get
upgrade</code>.
</p><p>Automatic installation of updates can be done easily if desired, it just
needs the <code class="computeroutput">unattended-upgrades</code> package to be
installed and configured as described on <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades" target="_top">wiki.debian.org/UnattendedUpgrades</a>.
</p><p><code class="computeroutput">apt-listchanges</code> can send new changelog
entries to you via email, or alternativly display them in the terminal when
running <code class="computeroutput">aptitude</code> or
<code class="computeroutput">apt-get</code>.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Maintenance--Keep_yourself_informed_about_security_updates"></a>11.1.1. Mantente informado sobre actualizaciones de seguridad
</h4></div></div></div><p>Running <code class="computeroutput">cron-apt</code> as described above is a
good way to learn when security updates are available for installed
packages. Another way to stay informed about security updates is to
subscribe to the <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.debian.org/debian-security-announce/" target="_top">Debian
security-announce mailinglist</a>, which has the benefit of also telling
you what the security update is about. The downside (compared to
<code class="computeroutput">cron-apt</code>) is that it also includes
information about updates for packages which aren't installed.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Maintenance--Backup_Management"></a>11.2. Gestión de las copias de seguridad
</h3></div></div></div><p>For backup management point your browser to <a class="ulink" href="https://www/slbackup-php" target="_top">https://www/slbackup-php</a>. Please note that you need to access this
site via SSL, since you have to enter the root password there. If you try to
access this site without using SSL it will fail. Note: the site will only
work if you temporarily allow ssh root login on the backup server (tjener by
default).
</p><p>By default tjener will back up
<code class="computeroutput">/skole/tjener/home0</code>,
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/</code>,
<code class="computeroutput">/root/.svk</code> and LDAP to /skole/backup which
is under the LVM. If you only want to have spare copies of things (in case
you delete them) this setup should be fine for you.
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> Tome en cuenta que este esquema de respaldo no le protege de daños en el
disco duro.
</p><p>If you want to back up your data to an external server, a tape device or
another hard drive you'll have to modify the existing configuration a bit.
</p><p>Si quieres restaurar un directorio, la mejor opción es usar la línea de
comandos:
</p><pre class="screen">$ sudo rdiff-backup -r <date> \
/skole/backup/tjener/skole/tjener/home0/user \
/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></pre><p>Esto pondrá el contenido de
<code class="computeroutput">/skole/tjener/home0/user</code> para
<code class="computeroutput"><date></code> en el directorio
<code class="computeroutput">/skole/tjener/home0/user_<date></code>.
</p><p>Si desea restablecer un archivo, debería de ser capaz de seleccionar el
archivo (y la versión) de la interfaz web y descargar solamente ese archivo.
</p><p>Si desea deshacerse de los respaldos viejos, elija "Maintenance" en el menú
de la página respaldo y seleccione la instantánea más vieja que desee
conservar:
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/slbackup-php_maintenance.png" alt="Mantenimiento de slbackup-php" /></span>
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Maintenance--Server_Monitoring"></a>11.3. Monitorización del servidor
</h3></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Maintenance--Munin"></a>11.3.1. Munin
</h4></div></div></div><p>Los reportes de Munin están disponible en <a class="ulink" href="https://www/munin/" target="_top">https://www/munin/</a>. Le provee gráficos de medición en una vista
diaría, semanal, mensual y anual. Además le provee ayuda al administrador de
sistemas al momento de buscar cuellos de botella y el origen de problemas en
el sistema.
</p><p>La lista de computadoras monitoreadas por Munin es automáticamente generada,
basada en la lista de hosts reportados a sitesummary. Todos los hosts con el
paquete munin-node instalado son registrados para ser monitoreados por
Munin. Normalmente tomará un día desde que la computadora es instalada hasta
que Munin inicie a monitorear, debido a la orden de ejecución de las tareas
del cron. Para acelerar el proceso, ejecute
<code class="computeroutput">sitesummary-update-munin</code> como usuario root
en el servidor sitesummary (generalmente el servidor principal). Esto
actualizará el archivo
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/munin/munin.conf</code>.
</p><p>El conjunto de mediciones es automáticamente generado en cada computadora
usando el programa <code class="computeroutput">munin-node-configure</code>,
que prueba los complementos disponibles en
<code class="computeroutput">/usr/share/munin/plugins/</code> y realiza los
enlaces simbólicos de los complementos relevantes a
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/munin/plugins/</code>.
</p><p>Información sobre munin está disponible en <a class="ulink" href="http://munin.projects.linpro.no/" target="_top">http://munin.projects.linpro.no/</a> .
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Maintenance--Nagios"></a>11.3.2. Nagios
</h4></div></div></div><p>El sistema y servicio de monitoreo Nagios está disponible en <a class="ulink" href="https://www/nagios3/" target="_top">https://www/nagios3/</a>. La lista de computadoras y servicios
monitoreados es generada automáticamente con información obtenida de
sitesummary. Las computadoras con perfil de servidor principal y servidor de
clientes ligeros son monitoreadas completamente, mientras que los clientes
ligeros y las estaciones de trabajo son monitoreadas básicamente. Para
habilitar el monitoreo completo en una estación de trabajo, instale el
paquete <code class="computeroutput">nagios-nrpe-server</code> en la estación
de trabajo.
</p><p>El usuario es <code class="computeroutput">nagiosadmin</code> y la contraseña
por defecto es <code class="computeroutput">skolelinux</code>. Por razones de
seguridad, evite usar la misma contraseña para el usuario root. Para cambiar
la contraseña, usted puede ejecutar el siguiente comando como usuario root:
</p><pre class="screen">htpasswd /etc/nagios3/htpasswd.users nagiosadmin</pre><p>Por defecto Nagios no envia correos electrónicos. Esto se puede cambiar
reemplazando <code class="computeroutput">notify-by-nothing</code> por
<code class="computeroutput">host-notify-by-email</code> y
<code class="computeroutput">notify-by-email</code> en el archivo
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/nagios3/sitesummary-template-contacts.cfg</code>
</p><p>El archivo de configuración de Nagios usado es
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/nagios3/sitesummary.cfg</code>. El cron job
de sitesummary genera
<code class="computeroutput">/var/lib/sitesummary/nagios-generated.cfg</code>
con la lista de equipos y servicios por monitorear.
</p><p>Revisiones extras de Nagios pueden ser puestas en el archivo
<code class="computeroutput">/var/lib/sitesummary/nagios-generated.cfg.post</code>
para que sean incluidas en el archivo generado.
</p><p>Información sobre Nagios está disponible en <a class="ulink" href="http://www.nagios.org/" target="_top">http://www.nagios.org/</a> o en el paquete
<code class="computeroutput">nagios3-doc</code>.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="Maintenance--Common_Nagios_warnings_and_how_to_handle_them"></a>11.3.2.1. Advertencias comunes de Nagios y como manejarlas
</h5></div></div></div><p>Aquí hay instrucciones sobre como manejar las advertencias más comunes de
Nagios.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h6 class="title"><a id="Maintenance--DISK_CRITICAL_-_free_space:_.2BAC8usr_309_MB_.285.25_inode.3D47.25.29:"></a>11.3.2.1.1. DISK CRITICAL - free space: /usr 309 MB (5% inode=47%):
</h6></div></div></div><p>La partición (/usr/ en el ejemplo) está llena. Existen dos maneras para
resolver esto: (1) elimine algunos archivos o (2) aumente el tamaño de la
partición. Si la partición es /var/, purgando el caché de APT ejecutando
<code class="computeroutput">apt-get clean</code> debería eliminar algunos
archivos. Si hay más espacio disponible en el volumen LVM, ejecutar el
programa <code class="computeroutput">debian-edu-fsautoresize</code> para
aumentar las particiones debería ayudar. Para ejecutar este programa cada
hora, el equipo debe de ser añadido al grupo de red
<code class="computeroutput">fsautoresize-hosts</code>.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h6 class="title"><a id="Maintenance--APT_CRITICAL:_13_packages_available_for_upgrade_.2813_critical_updates.29."></a>11.3.2.1.2. APT CRITICAL: 13 packages available for upgrade (13 critical updates).
</h6></div></div></div><p>Hay nuevos paquetes disponibles para actualizar. Los paquetes críticos
normalmente son mejoras de seguridad. Para actualizar, ejecute 'apt-get
upgrade && apt-get dist-upgrade' como usuario root en una consola o
ingrese por SSH y haga lo mismo. En los servidores de clientes ligeros,
recuerde actualizar también el chroot LTSP ejecutando
<code class="computeroutput">ltsp-chroot apt-get update && ltsp-chroot apt-get
upgrade</code>.
</p><p>Si usted no quiere actualizar paquetes manualmente y confía en que Debian
hace un buen trabajo con las nuevas versiones, puede instalar el paquete
<code class="computeroutput">unattended-upgrades</code> y configurarlo para que
actualice automáticamente todos los paquetes cada noche. Esto no actualizará
los chroot LTSP.
</p><p>Para actualizar el chroot LTSP, puede usar <code class="computeroutput">ltsp-chroot
apt-get update && ltsp-chroot apt-get upgrade</code>. En
servidores de 64 bits, tendrá que agregar como argumento a ltsp-chroot
<code class="computeroutput">-a i386</code>. Es buena idea actualizar el chroot
cuando actualice el sistema de la computadora.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h6 class="title"><a id="Maintenance--WARNING_-_Reboot_required_:_running_kernel_.3D_2.6.32-37.81.0.2C_installed_kernel_.3D_2.6.32-38.83.0"></a>11.3.2.1.3. WARNING - Reboot required : running kernel = 2.6.32-37.81.0, installed
kernel = 2.6.32-38.83.0
</h6></div></div></div><p>El kernel en ejecución es más viejo que el kernel más actual instalado, y un
reinicio del equipo es necesario para ejecutar el kernel más nuevo
instalado. Normalmente esto es urgente, ya que los nuevos kernels corrigen
fallos de seguridad en Debian Edu.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h6 class="title"><a id="Maintenance--WARNING:_CUPS_queue_size_-_61"></a>11.3.2.1.4. WARNING: CUPS queue size - 61
</h6></div></div></div><p>The printer queues in CUPS have a lot of jobs pending. This is most likely
because of a unavailable printer. Disabled print queues are enabled every
hour on hosts that are member of the
<code class="computeroutput">cups-queue-autoreenable-hosts</code> netgroup, so
for such hosts no manual action should be required. The print queues are
emptied every night on hosts that are member of the
<code class="computeroutput">cups-queue-autoflush-hosts</code> netgroup. If a
host have a lot of jobs in their queue, consider adding this host to one or
both of these netgroups.
</p></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Maintenance--Sitesummary"></a>11.3.3. Sitesummary
</h4></div></div></div><p>Sitesummary es usado para obtener información de cada computadora y enviarla
al servidor principal. La información obtenida se encuentra disponible en
<code class="computeroutput">/var/lib/sitesummary/entries/</code>. Scripts en
<code class="computeroutput">/usr/lib/sitesummary/</code>, están disponibles
para generar reportes.
</p><p>Un reporte sencillo de sitesummary sin de talles se encuentra disponible en
<a class="ulink" href="https://www/sitesummary/" target="_top">https://www/sitesummary/</a>.
</p><p>Documentación sobre sitesummary se encuentra disponible en <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary</a>
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Maintenance--More_information_about_Debian_Edu_customisations"></a>11.4. Más información sobre personalizaciones de Debian Edu
</h3></div></div></div><p>Más información sobre personalizaciones de Debian Edu útil para
administradores de sistema puede encontrarse en el capítulo <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration" title="14. Guías para administración general">Administración</a> y en el capítulo <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AdvancedAdministration" title="15. Advanced administration">Administración avanzada</a>
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="Upgrades"></a>12. Actualizaciones
</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> Antes de leer está guía de actualización, tenga en cuenta que las
actualizaciones en su servidor en producción la hace bajo su propio
riesgo.<span class="strong"><strong>Debian Edu/Skolelinux no tiene ABSOLUTAMENTE
NINGUNA GARANTÍA más allá de las que indique la ley aplicable.</strong></span>
</p><p>Please read this chapter and the <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Features" title="23. Nuevas características en Debin Edu Jessie">New features in
Jessie</a> chapter of this manual completely before attempting to
upgrade.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Upgrades--General_notes_on_upgrading"></a>12.1. Notas generales sobre la actualización
</h3></div></div></div><p>Upgrading Debian from one distribution to the next is generally rather
easy. For Debian Edu this is unfortunately not yet true as we modify
configuration files in ways we shouldn't. (See Debian bug <a class="ulink" href="https://bugs.debian.org/311188#" target="_top">311188</a> for more information.)
Upgrading is still possible but may require some work.
</p><p>En general, actualizar los servidores es más difícil que las estaciones de
trabajo y el servidor principal es el más difícil de actualizar. Las
estaciones de trabajo sin disco son más faciles, ya que su entorno chroot
puede ser eliminado y recreado si no lo ha modificado. Si lo ha modificado,
el chroot es básicamente un chroot de estación de trabajo, así que es
bastante fácil de actualizar.
</p><p>Si quiere asegurase de que después de la actualización todo va como antes,
debería probarlo en un sistema de pruebas o en un sistema configurado igual
que su servidor en producción. Ahí puede probar la actualización sin riesgo
y ver si todo funciona como debiera.
</p><p>Asegúrese de leer la información sobre la versión estable de Debian actual
en el <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/releases/stable/installmanual" target="_top">manual de
instalación</a>.
</p><p>También sería inteligente esperar un poco y seguir con la versión anterior
durante algunas semanas más, para que otros prueben la actualización y
documenten algunos problemas que experimenten. La versión estable anterior
de Debian Edu continuará recibiendo soporte por algún tiempo después de la
publicación de la siguiente versión estable, pero cuando Debian <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/security/faq#lifespan" target="_top">cese el soporte a la
versión estable anterior</a>, Debian Edu hará lo mismo.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Upgrades--Upgrades_from_Debian_Edu_Wheezy"></a>12.2. Actualizar desde Debian-Edu Wheezy
</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> Prepárese: asegúrese de haber probado la actualización desde Wheezy en un
entorno de prueba o tener un respaldo listo para poder volver.
</p><p>Please note that the following recipe applies to a default Debian Edu main
server installation (desktop=kde, profiles Main-Server, Workstation,
Thin-Client-Server). (For a general overview concerning wheezy to jessie
upgrade, see: <a class="ulink" href="https://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/releasenotes" target="_top">https://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/releasenotes</a>)
</p><p>Don't use X, use a virtual console, log in as root. Read all debconf
information carefully, choose 'keep the local version currently installed';
in most cases hitting return will be fine. Press 'q' to quit the
apt-listchanges pager once you've read the information.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Upgrades--Upgrade_the_server_side"></a>12.2.1. Upgrade the server side
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Make sure the current system is up-to-date.
</p></li></ul></div><pre class="screen">apt-get update
apt-get -y upgrade</pre><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Do the actual upgrade.
</p></li></ul></div><pre class="screen">sed -i 's/wheezy/jessie/g' /etc/apt/sources.list
apt-get update
apt-get -y dist-upgrade</pre><p>If <code class="computeroutput">apt-get</code> finishes with an error, try to
fix it and/or run <code class="computeroutput">apt-get -f install</code> and
then <code class="computeroutput">apt-get -y dist-upgrade</code> once again.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Apply debian-edu configuration (takes some time).
</p></li></ul></div><pre class="screen">cfengine-debian-edu -D installation</pre><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Regenerate <code class="computeroutput">gosa.secrets</code> to make GOsa² work
with new php version; backup <code class="computeroutput">gosa.conf</code> just
in case it has been modified.
</p></li></ul></div><pre class="screen">rm /etc/gosa/gosa.secrets
cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.wheezy_version
cp /etc/gosa/gosa.conf.orig /etc/gosa/gosa.conf
gosa-encrypt-passwords</pre><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Adjust the <conf> and <main> sections in /etc/gosa/gosa.conf:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>Replace the config version string with a new one like this:
<code class="computeroutput"><conf
configVersion="Managed-by-Debian-Edu"></code>
</p><p>Remove the sambaHashHook item so that <main> ends like this:
<code class="computeroutput">passwordHook=""></code>
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Install missing package; the package name was obtained using
<code class="computeroutput">/usr/lib/debian-edu-config/testsuite/taskpkgs | grep
error:</code> after the step above.
</p></li></ul></div><pre class="screen">apt-get -y install killer</pre><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Check if the upgraded system works.
</p></li></ul></div><p>Reboot and test if it works like before: Log in as first user and test if
the GOsa² gui is working, if you're able to connect LTSP clients and
workstations, if you can add/remove a netgroup membership of a system, if
you can send and receive internal email, if you can manage printers, and
maybe other site specific things. Use the testsuite scripts if you spot an
error.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Consider an optional step (Debian bug <a class="ulink" href="https://bugs.debian.org/779646#" target="_top">779646</a>).
</p></li></ul></div><p>Clean up after cfengine has autoremoved packages without purging. This will
remove configuration files of removed packages and should only be used with
care; use <code class="computeroutput">dpkg -l|grep ^rc</code> first to check
what would be removed, then run <code class="computeroutput">for i in $(dpkg -l|grep
^rc|cut -d' ' -f3);do dpkg -P $i;done</code>.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Upgrades--Upgrade_LTSP_chroot_.28default_arch_i386.29"></a>12.2.2. Upgrade LTSP chroot (default arch i386)
</h4></div></div></div><pre class="screen">sed -i '/jessie/ s/deb/#deb/g' /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/apt/sources.list
ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get update
ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get -y upgrade
sed -i 's/wheezy/jessie/g' /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/apt/sources.list
ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get update
ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get -y dist-upgrade
ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get -f install
ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get -y dist-upgrade</pre><p>If <code class="computeroutput">apt-get</code> still finishes with an error,
try to fix it and/or run the <code class="computeroutput">apt-get</code>
commands again, esp. <code class="computeroutput">apt-get -f install</code>.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Install missing package in the LTSP chroot.
</p></li></ul></div><pre class="screen">ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get -y install killer</pre><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Cleaning up.
</p></li></ul></div><pre class="screen">ltsp-chroot -m -a i386 apt-get --purge autoremove</pre><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Update LTSP support on the server side.
</p></li></ul></div><pre class="screen">ltsp-update-kernels
ltsp-update-sshkeys</pre></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Upgrades--Recreating_an_LTSP_chroot"></a>12.2.3. Recrear un chroot LTSP
</h4></div></div></div><p>On the LTSP server(s) the LTSP chroot could also be recreated. The new
chroot will still support both thin-clients and diskless workstations.
</p><p>Elimine <code class="computeroutput">/opt/ltsp/i386</code> (o
<code class="computeroutput">/opt/ltsp/amd64</code>, dependiendo de su
configuración). Si tiene suficiente espacio en disco, considere respaldarlo.
</p><p>Recreate the chroot by running <code class="computeroutput">debian-edu-ltsp --arch
i386</code> (or <code class="computeroutput">debian-edu-ltsp --arch
amd64</code>) as root.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Upgrades--Upgrades_from_older_Debian_Edu_.2BAC8_Skolelinux_installations_.28before_Wheezy.29"></a>12.3. Actualizar desde instalaciones antiguas de Debian-Edu / Skolelinux (antes
que Wheezy)
</h3></div></div></div><p>To upgrade from any older release, you will need to upgrade to the Wheezy
based Debian Edu release first, before you can follow the instructions
provided above. Instructions are given in the <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Wheezy#" target="_top">Manual for
Debian Edu Wheezy</a> about how to upgrade to Wheezy from the previous
release, Squeeze, and the Squeeze manual covers the one before that! (Lenny
was it's name and before that there was even another one, based on what was
called Etch.)
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="HowTo"></a>13. Guías
</h2></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Guía para <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration" title="14. Guías para administración general">Administración general</a>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Guía para <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Administration" title="14. Guías para administración general">Administración avanzada</a>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Guía para <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Desktop" title="16. HowTos for the desktop">el escritorio</a>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Guía para <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients" title="17. HowTos para clientes en red">clientes en red</a>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Guía para <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Samba" title="18. Samba en Debian Edu">Samba</a>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Guía para <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#TeachAndLearn" title="19. HowTos for teaching and learning">enseñar y aprender</a>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>HowTos for <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Users" title="20. HowTos for users">users</a>
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="Administration"></a>14. Guías para administración general
</h2></div></div></div><p>Los capítulos <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted" title="7. Iniciando">Iniciando</a> y <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Maintenance" title="11. Maintenance">Mantenimiento</a> describen como empezar con Debian
Edu y como realizar el trabajo de mantenimiento básico. Las guías en estos
capítulos, tienen también trucos y recomendaciones más "avanzadas".
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Administration--Configuration_history:_tracking_.2BAC8etc.2BAC8_using_the_git_version_control_system"></a>14.1. Seguimiento de /etc usando el sistema de control de versiones git
</h3></div></div></div><p>Con la introducción de <code class="computeroutput">etckeeper</code> en Debian
Edu Squeeze (las versiones anteriores utilizaban
<code class="computeroutput">etcinsvk</code> el cual fué removido de Debian),
todos los archivos en <code class="computeroutput">/etc/</code> son seguidos
utilizando <a class="ulink" href="http://www.git-scm.com/" target="_top">git</a> como sistema de
control de versiones.
</p><p>Esto hace posible ver cuando un archivo es agregado, modificado o eliminado,
también ver lo que se cambió si el archivo es un archivo de texto. El
repositorio de git es guardado en
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/.git/</code>.
</p><p>Cualquier cambio, es registrado cada hora, permitiendo tener un histórico de
la configuración para ser extraído y revisado.
</p><p>To look at the history, the command <code class="computeroutput">etckeeper vcs
log</code> is used. To check the differences between two points
in time, a command like <code class="computeroutput">etckeeper vcs diff </code>
can be used.
</p><p>Revise la salida de <code class="computeroutput">man etckeeper</code> para más
información.
</p><p>Lista de comandos útiles:
</p><pre class="screen">etckeeper vcs log
etckeeper vcs status
etckeeper vcs diff
etckeeper vcs add .
etckeeper vcs commit -a
man etckeeper</pre><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Administration--Usage_examples"></a>14.1.1. Ejemplos de uso
</h4></div></div></div><p>En un sistema recién instalado pruebe esto para ver todos los cambios
realizados desde que el sistema fue instalado:
</p><pre class="screen">etckeeper vcs log</pre><p>Vea que archivos no están siendo seguidos, o los que no están actualizados:
</p><pre class="screen">etckeeper vcs status</pre><p>To manually commit a file, because you don't want to wait up to an hour:
</p><pre class="screen">etckeeper vcs commit -a /etc/resolv.conf</pre></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Administration--Resizing_Partitions"></a>14.2. Redimensionando Particiones
</h3></div></div></div><p>In Debian Edu, all partitions other than the
<code class="computeroutput">/boot/</code> partition are on logical LVM
volumes. With Linux kernels since version 2.6.10, it is possible to extend
partitions while they are mounted. Shrinking partitions still needs to
happen while the partition is unmounted.
</p><p>It is a good idea to avoid creating very large partitions (over, say,
20GiB), because of the time it takes to run
<code class="computeroutput">fsck</code> on them or to restore them from backup
if the need arises. It is better, if possible, to create several smaller
partitions than one very large one.
</p><p>The helper script <code class="computeroutput">debian-edu-fsautoresize</code>
is provided to make it easier to extend full partitions. When invoked, it
reads the configuration from
<code class="computeroutput">/usr/share/debian-edu-config/fsautoresizetab</code>,
<code class="computeroutput">/site/etc/fsautoresizetab</code> and
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/fsautoresizetab</code>. It then proposes to
extend partitions with too little free space, according to the rules
provided in these files. If run with no arguments, it will only show the
commands needed to extend the file system. The argument
<code class="computeroutput">-n</code> is needed to actually execute these
commands to extend the file systems.
</p><p>The script is executed automatically every hour on every client listed in
the <code class="computeroutput">fsautoresize-hosts</code> netgroup.
</p><p>When the partition used by the Squid proxy is resized, the value for cache
size in <code class="computeroutput">etc/squid/squid.conf</code> needs to be
updated as well. The helper script
<code class="computeroutput">/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/squid-update-cachedir</code>
is provided to do this automatically, checking the current partition size of
<code class="computeroutput">/var/spool/squid/</code> and configuring Squid to
use 80% of this as its cache size.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Administration--Logical_Volume_Management"></a>14.2.1. Gestión de volúmenes lógicos
</h4></div></div></div><p>Logical Volume Management (LVM) enables resizing the partitions while they
are mounted and in use. You can learn more about LVM from the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.tldp.org/HOWTO/LVM-HOWTO/" target="_top">LVM HowTo</a>.
</p><p>To extend a logical volume manually you simply tell the
<code class="computeroutput">lvextend</code> command how large you want it to
grow to. For example, to extend home0 to 30GiB you use the following
commands:
</p><pre class="screen">lvextend -L30G /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0
resize2fs /dev/vg_system/skole+tjener+home0</pre><p>To extend home0 by additional 30GiB, you insert a '+' (-L+30G)
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Administration--Installing_a_graphical_environment_on_the_main-server_to_use_GOsa.2BALI-"></a>14.3. Installing a graphical environment on the main-server to use GOsa²
</h3></div></div></div><p>If you (probably accidentally) installed a pure main-server profile and
don't have a client with a web-browser handy, it's easy to install a minimal
desktop on the main server using this command sequence in a (non-graphical)
shell as the user you created during the main server's installation (first
user):
</p><pre class="screen"> $ sudo apt-get update
$ sudo apt-get install gnome-session gnome-terminal iceweasel xorg
# después de la instalación, inicie una sesión en modo gráfico para el primer usuario
$ startx</pre></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Administration--Using_ldapvi"></a>14.4. Usar ldapvi
</h3></div></div></div><p><a class="ulink" href="http://www.lichteblau.com/ldapvi/manual/" target="_top">ldapvi</a> es una
herramienta para editar la base de datos LDAP con un editor de texto en la
linea de comandos.
</p><p>Lo siguiente necesita ser ejecutado:
</p><pre class="screen">ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)'</pre><p>Nota: <code class="computeroutput">ldapvi</code> usará el editor de texto
predeterminado. Ejecutar <code class="computeroutput">export EDITOR=vim</code>
en el intérprete de comandos puede configurar el entorno para tener un clon
de vi como editor.
</p><p>To add an LDAP object using ldapvi, use object sequence number with the
string <code class="computeroutput">add</code> in front of the new LDAP object.
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> Adevertencia: <code class="computeroutput">ldapvi</code> es una herramienta
poderosa. Sea cuidadoso y no dañe la base de datos de LDAP, la misma
advertencia aplica para JXplorer.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Administration--JXplorer.2C_an_LDAP_GUI"></a>14.5. JXplorer, una interfaz gráfica para LDAP
</h3></div></div></div><p>If you prefer a GUI to work with the LDAP database, check out the
<code class="computeroutput">jxplorer</code> package, which is installed by
default. To get write access connect like this:
</p><pre class="screen">host: ldap.intern
port:636
Base dn:dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no
Security level: ssl + user + password
User dn: cn=admin,ou=ldap-access
Click "This session only" if asked for the certificate.</pre></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Administration--ldap-createuser-krb.2C_a_command-line_tool"></a>14.6. ldap-createuser-krb, una herramienta para línea de comando
</h3></div></div></div><p><code class="computeroutput">ldap-createuser-krb</code> is a small command line
tool to create LDAP users and set their passwords in Kerberos. It's mostly
useful for testing, though.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Administration--Using_stable-updates"></a>14.7. Using stable-updates
</h3></div></div></div><p>Since the Squeeze release in 2011, Debian has included packages formerly
maintained in volatile.debian.org in the <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/StableUpdates" target="_top">stable-updates suite</a>.
</p><p>While you can use stable-updates directly, you don't have to: stable-updates
are pushed into the stable suite regularily when stable point releases are
done, which roughly happens every two months.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Administration--Using_backports.debian.org_to_install_newer_software"></a>14.8. Using backports.debian.org to install newer software
</h3></div></div></div><p>You are running Debian Edu because you prefer the stability of Debian
Edu. It runs great; there is just one problem: sometimes software is a
little bit more outdated than you like. This is where backports.debian.org
steps in.
</p><p>Backports are recompiled packages from Debian testing (mostly) and Debian
unstable (in a few cases only, e.g. security updates), so they will run
without new libraries (wherever this is possible) on a stable Debian
distribution like Debian Edu. <span class="strong"><strong>We recommend you to
pick out individual backports which fit your needs, and not to use all
backports available there.</strong></span>
</p><p>Usar backports es sencillo:
</p><pre class="screen">echo "deb http://ftp.debian.org/debian/ jessie-backports main" >> /etc/apt sources.list
apt-get update</pre><p>After which one can install backported packages easily, the following
command will install a backported version of <span class="emphasis"><em>tuxtype</em></span>:
</p><pre class="screen">apt-get install -t jessie-backports tuxtype</pre><p>Backports are automatically updated (if available) just like other
packages. (Previously, extra configuration was needed to achieve this, but
since 2011 this [[<a class="ulink" href="http://backports.debian.org/news/squeeze-backports_and_lenny-backports-sloppy_started/|is" target="_top">http://backports.debian.org/news/squeeze-backports_and_lenny-backports-sloppy_started/|is</a>
not needed anymore].
</p><p>Like the normal archive, backports has three sections: main, contrib and
non-free.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Administration--Upgrading_with_a_CD_or_similar_image"></a>14.9. Actualizar con un CD o similar
</h3></div></div></div><p>If you want to upgrade from one version to another (for example from Jessie
8.1+edu0 to 8.3+edu1) but you do not have Internet connectivity, only
physical media, follow these steps:
</p><p>Inserte el CD/DVD/Disco Blu-ray/Dispositivo USB en la unidad, montelo y use
el comando apt-cdrom:
</p><pre class="screen">mount /media/cdrom
apt-cdrom add -m</pre><p>Para citar el manual de referencia de apt-cdrom(8):
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>apt-cdrom se utiliza para añadir un disco óptico nuevo a la lista de fuentes
disponibles de APT. apt-cdrom examina la estructura del disco, corrige los
posibles errores de grabación y verifica los ficheros de índice.
</p></li><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>Se requiere utilizar apt-cdrom para añadir los discos al sistema APT, no se
puede hacer manualmente. Además, debe insertar y analizar cada disco de un
conjunto de discos por separado, para poder detectar los posibles errores de
grabación.
</p></li></ul></div><p>Luego ejecute estos dos comandos para actualizar el sistema:
</p><pre class="screen">apt-get update
apt-get upgrade</pre></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Administration--Automatic_cleanup_of_leftover_processes"></a>14.10. Automatic cleanup of leftover processes
</h3></div></div></div><p><code class="computeroutput">killer</code> es un script hecho en perl que
elimina trabajos en segundo plano. Trabajos en segundo plano son definidos
como procesos que pertenecen a usuarios que no tienen una sesión activa en
la computadora. Se ejecuta cada hora por un cron.
</p><p>Para instalarlo ejecuta el siguiente comando como root:
</p><pre class="screen"> apt-get install killer</pre></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Administration--Automatic_installation_of_security_upgrades"></a>14.11. Instalación automática de actualizaciones de seguridad
</h3></div></div></div><p><code class="computeroutput">unattended-upgrades</code> is a Debian package
which will install security (and other) updates automatically. If you plan
to use it, you should have some means to monitor your systems, such as
installing the <code class="computeroutput">apt-listchanges</code> package and
configuring it to send you emails about updates. And there is always
<code class="computeroutput">/var/log/dpkg.log</code>.
</p><p>Para instalar estos paquetes, ejecute el siguiente comando como root:
</p><pre class="screen"> apt-get install unattended-upgrades apt-listchanges</pre></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Administration--Automatic_shutdown_of_machines_during_the_night"></a>14.12. Apagado automático de las computadoras durante la noche
</h3></div></div></div><p>It is possible to save energy and money by automatically turning client
machines off at night and back on in the morning. The package will try to
turn off the machine every hour on the hour from 16:00 in the afternoon, but
will not turn it off if it seems to have users. It will try to tell the
BIOS to turn on the machine around 07:00 in the morning, and the main-server
will try to turn on machines from 06:30 by sending wake-on-lan
packets. These times can be changed in the crontabs of individual machines.
</p><p>Some considerations should be kept in mind when setting this up:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>The clients should not be shut down when someone is using them. This is
ensured by checking the output from <code class="computeroutput">who</code>,
and as a special case, checking for the LDM ssh connection command to work
with LTSP thin clients.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>To avoid blowing electrical fuses, it is a good idea to make sure all
clients do not start at the same time.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>There are two different methods available to wake up clients. One uses a
BIOS feature and requires a working and correct hardware clock, as well as a
motherboard and BIOS version supported by
<code class="computeroutput">nvram-wakeup</code>; the other requires clients to
have support for wake-on-lan, and the server to know about all the clients
that need to be woken up.
</p></li></ul></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Administration--How_to_set_up_shutdown-at-night"></a>14.12.1. Como configurar shutdown-at-night
</h4></div></div></div><p>On clients that should turn off at night, touch
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/shutdown-at-night/shutdown-at-night</code>,
or add the hostname (that is, the output from '<code class="computeroutput">uname
-n</code>' on the client) to the netgroup
"shutdown-at-night-hosts". Adding hosts to the netgroup in LDAP can be done
using the <code class="computeroutput">GOsa²</code> web tool. The clients might
need to have wake-on-lan configured in the BIOS. It is also important that
the switches and routers used between the wake-on-lan server and the clients
will pass the WOL packets to the clients even if the clients are turned
off. Some switches fail to pass on packets to clients that are missing in
the ARP table on the switch, and this blocks the WOL packets.
</p><p>To enable wake-on-lan on the server, add the clients to
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients</code>, with one
line per client, IP address first, followed by MAC address (ethernet
address), separated by a space; or create a script
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</code> to
generate the list of clients on the fly.
</p><p>Aquí tiene un ejemplo de
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/shutdown-at-night/clients-generator</code>
para usar con sitesummary:
</p><pre class="screen"> #!/bin/sh
PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH
export PATH
sitesummary-nodes -w</pre><p>An alternative if the netgroup is used to activate shutdown-at-night on
clients is this script using the netgroup tool from the
<code class="computeroutput">ng-utils</code> package:
</p><pre class="screen"> #!/bin/sh
PATH=/usr/sbin:$PATH
export PATH
netgroup -h shutdown-at-night-hosts</pre></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Administration--Access_Debian-Edu_servers_located_behind_a_firewall"></a>14.13. Acceso a servidores Debian-Edu ubicados detrás de un firewall
</h3></div></div></div><p>To access machines behind a firewall from the Internet, consider installing
the package <code class="computeroutput">autossh</code>. It can be used to set
up an SSH tunnel to a machine on the Internet that you have access to. From
that machine, you can access the server behind the firewall via the SSH
tunnel.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Administration--Installing_additional_service_machines_for_spreading_the_load_from_main-server"></a>14.14. Installing additional service machines for spreading the load from
main-server
</h3></div></div></div><p>En la instalación predeterminada, todos los servicios están ejecutándose en
el servidor principal, tjener. Para mover algunos servicios a otra
computadora de manera sencilla, existe un perfil <span class="emphasis"><em>mínimo</em></span>
de instalación disponible. Instalar con este perfil le proporcionará una
computadora, que es parte de la red de Debian Edu, pero que no cuenta con un
servicio ejecutándose (todavía)
</p><p>Estos son los pasos que se deben seguir para configurar un servicio dedicado
en una computadora:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Instale el perfil <span class="emphasis"><em>mínimo</em></span> usando la opción de carga
<span class="emphasis"><em>debian-edu-expert</em></span>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Instale los paquetes del servicio.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Configure el servicio.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Deshabilite el servicio en el servidor principal.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Actualice el servicio DNS (via LDAP/GOsa²) en el servidor principal.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Administration--HowTos_from_wiki.debian.org"></a>14.15. HowTos de wiki.debian.org
</h3></div></div></div><p>
FIXME: The HowTos from <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/</a> are either user- or
developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over here (and
delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the history of
those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto and putting
it under the GPL.)
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/AutoNetRespawn</a>
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/BackupPC</a>
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/ChangeIpSubnet</a>
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/SiteSummary</a>
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/Squid_LDAP_Authentication</a>
</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="AdvancedAdministration"></a>15. Advanced administration
</h2></div></div></div><p>In this chapter advanced administration tasks are described.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AdvancedAdministration--User_Customisations_with_GOsa.2BALI-"></a>15.1. Personalizaciones de usuarios con GOsa²
</h3></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AdvancedAdministration--Create_Users_in_Year_Groups"></a>15.1.1. Create Users in Year Groups
</h4></div></div></div><p>In this example we want to create users in year groups, with common home
directories for each group (home0/2014, home0/2015, etc.) We want to create
the users by csv import.
</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>(como root en Tjener) </em></span>
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Make the necessary year group directories
</p></li></ul></div><p>mkdir /skole/tjener/home0/2014
</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>(como super usuarios en Gosa</em></span>
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Departamento
</p></li></ul></div><p>Main menu: goto 'Directory structure', click the 'Students' department. The
'Base' field should show '/Students'. From the drop box 'Actions' choose
'Create'/'Department'. Fill in values for Name (2014) and Description fields
(students graduating in 2014), leave the Base field as is (should be
'/Students'). Save it clicking 'Ok'. Now the new department (2014) should
show up below /Students. Click it.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Grupo
</p></li></ul></div><p>Elije "Groups" del menú principal; "Actions"/Create/Group. Escriba el nombre
del grupo (deje "Base", debería estar en /Students/2014) y haga clic en la
caja de selección de la izquierda de "Samba group". "ok" para guardar.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Planitlla
</p></li></ul></div><p>Choose 'users' from the main menu. Change to 'Students' in the Base
field. An Entry <code class="computeroutput">'NewStudent'</code> should show
up, click it. This is the 'students' template, not a real user. As you'll
have to create such a template (to be able to use csv import for your
structure) based on this one, notice all entries showing up in the Generic,
POSIX and Samba tabs, maybe take screenshots. Now change to /Students/2014
in the Base field; choose Create/Template and start to fill in your desired
values, first the Generic tab (add your new 2014 group under Group
Membership, too), then add POSIX and Samba account.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Importar usuarios
</p></li></ul></div><p>Elija su nueva plantilla cuando importe el archivo csv; probarlo con pocos
usuarios es lo recomendable.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AdvancedAdministration--Other_User_Customisations"></a>15.2. Other User Customisations
</h3></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AdvancedAdministration--Creating_folders_in_the_home_directories_of_all_users"></a>15.2.1. Crear directorios en el directorio home de los usuarios
</h4></div></div></div><p>Con este script, el administrador puede crear directorios en cada directorio
personal de usuario y establecer los permisos de acceso y propiedad.
</p><p>In the example shown below with group=teachers and permissions=2770 a user
can hand in an assignment by saving the file to the folder "assignments"
where teachers are given write access to be able to make comments.
</p><pre class="screen"> #!/bin/bash
home_path="/skole/tjener/home0"
shared_folder="assignments"
permissions="2770"
created_dir=0
for home in $(ls $home_path); do
if [ ! -d "$home_path/$home/$shared_folder" ]; then
mkdir $home_path/$home/$shared_folder
chmod $permissions $home_path/$home/$shared_folder
#set the right owner and group
#"username" = "group name" = "folder name"
user=$home
group=teachers
chown $user:$group $home_path/$home/$shared_folder
((created_dir+=1))
else
echo -e "the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\n"
fi
done
echo "$created_dir folders have been created"</pre></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AdvancedAdministration--Easy_access_to_USB_drives_and_CDROMs.2BAC8DVDs"></a>15.2.2. Fácil acceso a dispositivos USB y CDROMs/DVDs
</h4></div></div></div><p>When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CDROM into a (diskless)
workstation, a popup window appears asking what to do with it, just like in
any other normal installation.
</p><p>When users insert a USB drive or a DVD / CDROM into a thin client there is
only a notify-window showing up for a few seconds. The media is
automatically mounted and it is possible to access it browsing to the
/media/$user folder. This is quite difficult for many non experienced users.
</p><p>It is possible to have the default KDE "Plasma" file manager Dolphin showing
up if KDE "Plasma" (or LDXE, if installed in parallel to KDE "Plasma") is in
use as desktop environment. To configure this, simply execute
<code class="computeroutput">/usr/share/debian-edu-config/ltspfs-mounter-kde
enable</code> on the terminal server. (When using GNOME, device
icons will be placed on the desktop allowing easy access).
</p><p>In addition the following script could be used to create the symlink "media"
for all users in their home folder for easy access to USB drives, CDROM /
DVD or whatever media is connected to the thin client. This might come in
handy if users want to edit files directly on their plugged in media.
</p><pre class="screen"> #!/bin/bash
home_path="/skole/tjener/home0"
shared_folder="media"
permissions="775"
created_dir=0;
for home in $(ls $home_path); do
if [ ! -d "$home_path/$home/$shared_folder" ]; then
ln -s /media/$home $home_path/$home/$shared_folder
((created_dir+=1))
else
echo -e "the folder $home_path/$home/$shared_folder already exists.\n"
fi
done
echo "$created_dir folders has been created"</pre><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="AdvancedAdministration--A_warning_about_removable_media_on_LTSP_servers"></a>15.2.2.1. Advertencia sobre medios removibles en servidores LTSP
</h5></div></div></div><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> Warning: When inserted into an LTSP server USB drives and other removable
media cause popup messages on remote LTSP clients.
</p><p>If remote users acknowledge the popup or use pmount from the console, they
can even mount the removable devices and access the files.
</p><p>This is being tracked as <a class="ulink" href="http://bugs.skolelinux.org/1376" target="_top">Debian
Edu bug #1376</a>.
</p></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AdvancedAdministration--Use_a_dedicated_storage_server"></a>15.3. Use a dedicated storage server
</h3></div></div></div><p>Take these steps to set up a dedicated storage server for user home
directories and possibly other data.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Add a new system of type server using GOsa² as outlined in the <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#GettingStarted--Machine_Management_with_GOsa.2BALI-" title="7.5. Administración de equipos con GOsa²">Getting
started</a> chapter of this manual.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>This example uses 'nas-server.intern' as the server name. Once
'nas-server.intern' is configured, check if the NFS export points on the new
storage server are exported to the relevant subnets or machines:
</p><pre class="screen"> root@tjener:~# showmount -e nas-server
Export list for nas-server:
/storage 10.0.0.0/8
root@tjener:~#</pre><p>Here everything on the backbone network is granted access to the /storage
export. (This could be restricted to netgroup membership or single IP
addresses to limit NFS access like it is done in the tjener:/etc/exports
file.)
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Add automount information about 'nas-server.intern' in LDAP to allow all
clients to automatically mount the new export on request.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>This can't be done using GOsa², because a module for automount is
missing. Instead, use ldapvi and add the required LDAP objects using an
editor.
</p><p><code class="computeroutput">ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD '(cn=admin)' -b
ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</code>
</p><p>When the editor shows up, add the following LDAP objects at the bottom of
the document. (The "/&" part in the last LDAP object is a wild card
matching everything 'nas-server.intern' exports, removing the need to list
individual mount points in LDAP.)
</p><pre class="screen"> add cn=nas-server,ou=auto.skole,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no
objectClass: automount
cn: nas-server
automountInformation: -fstype=autofs --timeout=60 ldap:ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no
add ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no
objectClass: top
objectClass: automountMap
ou: auto.nas-server
add cn=/,ou=auto.nas-server,ou=automount,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no
objectClass: automount
cn: /
automountInformation: -fstype=nfs,tcp,rsize=32768,wsize=32768,rw,intr,hard,nodev,nosuid,noatime nas-server.intern:/&</pre></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Add the relevant entries in tjener.intern:/etc/fstab, because tjener.intern
does not use automount to avoid mounting loops:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>Create the mount directories using <code class="computeroutput">mkdir</code>,
edit '/etc/fstab' as adequate and run <code class="computeroutput">mount
-a</code> to mount the new resources.
</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div><p>Now users should be able to access the files on 'nas-server.intern' directly
by just visiting the '/tjener/nas-server/storage/' directory using any
application on any workstation, LTSP client or LTSP server.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AdvancedAdministration--Restrict_ssh_login_access"></a>15.4. Restrict ssh login access
</h3></div></div></div><p>There are several ways to restrict ssh login, some are listed here.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AdvancedAdministration--Setup_without_LTSP_clients"></a>15.4.1. Setup without LTSP clients
</h4></div></div></div><p>If no LTSP clients are used a simple solution is to create a new group (say
<code class="computeroutput">sshusers</code>) and to add a line to the
machine's /etc/ssh/sshd_config file. Only members of the
<code class="computeroutput">sshusers</code> group will then be allowed to ssh
into the machine from everywhere.
</p><p>Managing this case with GOsa is quite simple:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Create a group <code class="computeroutput">sshusers</code> on the root level
(where already other system management related groups like
<code class="computeroutput">gosa-admins</code> show up).
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Add users to the new group <code class="computeroutput">sshusers</code>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Add <code class="computeroutput">AllowGroups sshusers</code> to
/etc/ssh/sshd_config.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Execute <code class="computeroutput">service ssh restart</code>.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AdvancedAdministration--Setup_with_LTSP_clients"></a>15.4.2. Setup with LTSP clients
</h4></div></div></div><p>The default LTSP client setup uses ssh connections to the LTSP server. So a
different approach using PAM is needed.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Enable pam_access.so in the LTSP server's /etc/pam.d/sshd file.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Configure /etc/security/access.conf to allow connections for (sample) users
alice, jane, bob and john from everywhere and for all other users only from
the internal networks by adding these lines:
</p></li></ul></div><pre class="screen">+ : alice jane bob john : ALL
+ : ALL : 10.0.0.0/8 192.168.0.0/24 192.168.1.0/24
- : ALL : ALL
#</pre><p>If only dedicated LTSP servers are used, the 10.0.0.0/8 network could be
dropped to disable internal ssh login access. Note: someone pluging in his
box into the dedicated LTSP client network(s) will gain ssh access to the
LTSP server(s) as well.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AdvancedAdministration--A_note_for_more_complex_setups"></a>15.4.3. A note for more complex setups
</h4></div></div></div><p>If LTSP clients were attached to the backbone network 10.0.0.0/8 (combi
server or LTSP cluster setup) things would be even more complicated and
maybe only a sophisticated DHCP setup (in LDAP) checking the
vendor-class-identifier together with apropriate PAM configuration would
allow to disable internal ssh login.
</p></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="Desktop"></a>16. HowTos for the desktop
</h2></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Desktop--Modifying_the_KDM_login_screen"></a>16.1. Modificar la pantalla de inicio de KDM
</h3></div></div></div><p>Personalizaciones a la pantalla de inicio de KDM se pueden hacer agregando
un archivo en <code class="computeroutput">/etc/default/kdm.d/</code>
especificando las variables que desea sobrescribir.
</p><p>Aquí tiene un ejemplo para activar el tema en el paquete
<code class="computeroutput">desktop-base</code>:
</p><pre class="screen">USETHEME="true"
THEME="/usr/share/apps/kdm/themes/debian-moreblue"</pre><p>See the code in <code class="computeroutput">/etc/init.d/kdm</code> for
information on how these variables are used.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Desktop--Using_KDE_.26quot.3BPlasma.26quot.3B.2C_GNOME.2C_LXDE.2C_Xfce_and.2BAC8or_MATE_together"></a>16.2. Using KDE "Plasma", GNOME, LXDE, Xfce and/or MATE together
</h3></div></div></div><p>Para instalar otros entornos de escritorio después de una instalación,
solamente use apt-get:
</p><pre class="screen"> apt-get install gnome lxde xfce4 mate-desktop</pre><p>Users will then be able to choose any of the five desktop environment via
the login manager before logging in. Of course, you can also choose to give
less choices.
</p><p>The usage of LXDE as default on thin clients can be forced; see <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#NetworkClients" title="17. HowTos para clientes en red">networked clients</a> for details.
</p><p>If you don't want to do installations with the default desktop KDE "Plasma",
you can also <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--The_installation_process" title="6.4.2. El proceso de instalación">install
with one of the four alternative desktops, GNOME, LXDE, Xfce or MATE</a>
directly.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Desktop--Flash"></a>16.3. Flash
</h3></div></div></div><p>While the free software flash-player <code class="computeroutput">gnash</code>
is <span class="emphasis"><em>not</em></span> installed by default anymore, as it has been
removed from Jessie, installing a non-free flash player is still an
option. Please note that upgrading is special in this case.
</p><p>To install the (non-free) Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin, install the
<code class="computeroutput">flashplugin-nonfree</code> Debian package from
<code class="computeroutput">contrib</code>. This requires
<code class="computeroutput">contrib</code> enabled in
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/apt/sources.list</code>. Use
<code class="computeroutput">update-flashplugin-nonfree --status</code> to
check for a newer version and <code class="computeroutput">update-flashplugin-nonfree
--install</code> to install it.
</p><p>The solution for Chromium is similar, it needs the package
<code class="computeroutput">pepperflashplugin-nonfree</code> (also from
<code class="computeroutput">contrib</code>) to be installed, which will
install the (non-free) Adobe Flash Player web browser plugin. Use
<code class="computeroutput">update-pepperflashplugin-nonfree --status</code>
to check for a newer version and
<code class="computeroutput">update-pepperflashplugin-nonfree --install</code>
to install it.
</p><p>Please note that the
<code class="computeroutput">pepperflashplugin-nonfree</code> package
implements a more recent version of the Flash specification than does the
<code class="computeroutput">flashplugin-nonfree</code>, however.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Desktop--Playing_DVDs"></a>16.4. Reproducir DVDs
</h3></div></div></div><p>libdvdcss is needed for playing most commercial DVDs. For legal reasons it's
not included in Debian (Edu). If you are legally allowed to use it, you can
use the packages from deb-multimedia.org. Add the multimedia repository (as
described in the following section) and install the required libraries:
</p><pre class="screen">apt-get install libdvdcss2 w32codecs</pre></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Desktop--Using_the_multimedia_repository"></a>16.5. Uso del repositorio multimedia
</h3></div></div></div><p>Para usar www.deb-multimedia.org haga lo siguiente:
</p><pre class="screen"># install the debian-keyring securely:
apt-get install debian-keyring
# fetch the deb-multimedia key insecurely:
gpg --keyserver pgpkeys.pca.dfn.de --recv-keys 07DC563D1F41B907
# check securely if the key is correct and add it to the keyring used by APT if it is:
gpg --keyring /usr/share/keyrings/debian-keyring.gpg --check-sigs 07DC563D1F41B907 && gpg --export 07DC563D1F41B907 | apt-key add -
# add repository to sources.list - please check the homepages for mirrors!
echo "deb http://deb-multimedia.org jessie main" >> /etc/apt/sources.list
# update the list of available packages:
apt-get update</pre></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Desktop--Handwriting_fonts"></a>16.6. Handwriting fonts
</h3></div></div></div><p>The package <code class="computeroutput">fonts-linex</code> (which is installed
by default) installs the font "Abecedario" which is a nice handwriting font
for kids. The font has several forms to be used with kids: dotted, and with
lines.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="NetworkClients"></a>17. HowTos para clientes en red
</h2></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Introduction_to_thin_clients_and_diskless_workstations"></a>17.1. Introducción a clientes ligeros y estaciones de trabajo sin disco
</h3></div></div></div><p>Un término genérico para clientes ligeros y estaciones de trabajo sin disco
es <span class="emphasis"><em>cliente LTSP</em></span>. <a class="ulink" href="http://ltsp.org" target="_top">LTSP es
el acrónimo en Inglés para Linux Terminal Server Project</a>.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>Cliente ligero</strong></span>
</p><p>A thin client setup enables an ordinary PC to function as an (X-)terminal,
where all software runs on the LTSP server. This means that this machine
boots from a diskette or directly from the server using network-PROM (or
PXE) without using a local client hard drive.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>Estaciones de trabajo sin disco</strong></span>
</p><p>A diskless workstation runs all software locally. The client machines boot
directly from the LTSP server without a local hard drive. Software is
administered and maintained on the LTSP server (inside of the LTSP chroot),
but it runs on the diskless workstation. Home directories and system
settings are stored on the server too. Diskless workstations are an
excellent way of reusing older (but powerful) hardware with the same low
maintenance cost as with thin clients.
</p><p>LTSP defines 320MB as the default minimum amount of RAM for diskless
workstations. If the amount of RAM is less, the machine will boot as thin
client. The related LTSP parameter is
<code class="computeroutput">FAT_RAM_THRESHOLD</code> with the default value
300. So if (for example) the clients should only boot as diskless
workstations if they have 1 GB RAM add
<code class="computeroutput">FAT_RAM_THRESHOLD=1000</code> to lts.conf (or set
this in LDAP). Unlike workstations, diskless workstations run without any
need to add them with GOsa², cause LDM is used to login and connect to the
LTSP server. The home directory is by default mounted using sshfs, and not
automount and NFS. This causes shared directories available via NFS to not
be available on diskless workstations.
</p><p>The following steps can be used to get back the behaviour from Debian Edu
Squeeze, using automount, NFS and a display manager other than ldm:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Agregue <code class="computeroutput">DEFAULT_DISPLAY_MANAGER=/path/to/dm</code>
a lts.conf (o configurelo en LDAP). Asegúrese que el manejador de pantalla
esté instalado en el chroot LTSP.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Add the diskless workstations to LDAP with GOsa².
</p></li></ul></div><p><span class="strong"><strong>LTSP client firmware</strong></span>
</p><p>LTSP client boot will fail if the client's network card requires a non-free
firmware. A PXE installation can be used for troubleshooting problems with
netbooting a machine; if the Debian Installer complains about a missing
XXX.bin file then non-free firmware has to be added to the initrd used by
LTSP clients.
</p><p>En este caso, ejecute los siguientes comandos en un servidor LTSP.
</p><pre class="screen"># First get information about firmware packages
apt-get update && apt-cache search ^firmware-
# Decide which package has to be installed for the network card(s).
# Most probably this will be firmware-linux-nonfree.
# Things have to take effect in the LTSP chroot for architecture i386.
ltsp-chroot -a i386 apt-get update
ltsp-chroot -d -a i386 apt-get -y -q install <package name>
# copy the new initrd to the server's tftpboot directory
ltsp-update-kernels</pre><p>Una manera más corta sería instalar todos los firmware disponibles y
actualizar el directorio tftpboot, podría ejecutar:
</p><pre class="screen">/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/ltsp-addfirmware</pre><p><span class="strong"><strong>LTSP client kernel</strong></span>
</p><p>In order to support older hardware the package
<code class="computeroutput">linux-image-586</code> is installed by default. If
all LTSP client machines support the 686 processor architecture the
<code class="computeroutput">linux-image-686</code> package could be installed
in the chroot. Make sure to execute
<code class="computeroutput">ltsp-update-kernels</code> after installation.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--LTSP_client_type_selection"></a>17.1.1. LTSP client type selection
</h4></div></div></div><p>Cada servidor LTSP tiene dos tarjetas de red: una configurada en la subred
principal 10.0.0.0/8 (compartida con el servidor principal), y otra que
forma una subredlocal 192.168.0.0/24 (una subred para cada servidor LTSP).
</p><p>En la subred principal tendrá el menú PXE completo; la sured separada para
cada servidor LTSP le permite seleccionar solo clientes sin discos y ligeros
LTSP.
</p><p>Using the default PXE menu on the main subnet 10.0.0.0/8, a machine could be
started as diskless workstation or thin client. By default clients in the
separate subnet 192.168.0.0/24 will run as diskless workstations if the
amount of RAM is sufficient. If all clients in this LTSP client subnet
should run as thin clients, the following has to be done.
</p><pre class="screen">(1)Open the file /opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ltsp/update-kernels.conf with an editor
and replace the line
CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT="init=/sbin/init-ltsp quiet"
with
CMDLINE_LINUX_DEFAULT="init=/sbin/init-ltsp LTSP_FATCLIENT=False quiet"
(2)Execute 'ltsp-chroot -a i386 /usr/share/ltsp/update-kernels'
(3)Execute 'ltsp-update-kernels'</pre></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Configuring_the_PXE_menu"></a>17.2. Configurar el menú PXE
</h3></div></div></div><p>La configuración PXE se genera usando el script
<code class="computeroutput">debian-edu-pxeinstall</code>. Se permite que
algunas configuraciones sean reconfiguradas agregando el archivo
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/debian-edu/pxeinstall.conf</code> con los
valores que desea reemplazar.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Configuring_the_PXE_installation"></a>17.2.1. Configurar la instalación de PXE
</h4></div></div></div><p>The PXE installation option is by default available to anyone able to PXE
boot a machine. To password protect the PXE installation options, a file
<code class="computeroutput">/var/lib/tftpboot/menupassword.cfg</code> can be
created with content similar to this:
</p><pre class="screen">MENU PASSWD $4$NDk0OTUzNTQ1NTQ5$7d6KvAlVCJKRKcijtVSPfveuWPM$</pre><p>The password hash should be replaced with an MD5 hash for the desired
password.
</p><p>The PXE installation will inherit the language, keyboard layout and mirror
settings from the settings used when installing the main-server, and the
other questions will be asked during installation (profile, popcon
participation, partitioning and root password). To avoid these questions,
the file
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</code>
can be modified to provide preselected answers to debconf values. Some
examples of available debconf values are already commented in
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</code>.
Your changes will be lost as soon as
<code class="computeroutput">debian-edu-pxeinstall</code> is used to recreate
the PXE-installation environment. To append debconf values to
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat</code>
during recreation with
<code class="computeroutput">debian-edu-pxeinstall</code>, add the file
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</code>
with your additional debconf values.
</p><p>More information about modifying PXE installations can be found in the <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation--Modifying_PXE_installations" title="6.4.5.1. Modificar instalaciones PXE">Installation</a>
chapter.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Adding_a_custom_repository_for_PXE_installations"></a>17.2.2. Agregar un repositorio personalizado para instalaciones PXE
</h4></div></div></div><p>For adding a custom repository add something like this to
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</code>:
</p><pre class="screen">#add the skole projects local repository
d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://example.org/debian stable main contrib non-free
d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string Example Software Repository
d-i apt-setup/local1/source boolean true
d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://example.org/key.asc</pre><p>y luego ejecute una vez
<code class="computeroutput">/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</code>
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Changing_the_PXE_menu_on_a_combined_.28main_and_LTSP.29_server"></a>17.2.3. Cambiar el menú PXE en un servidor combinado (servidor principal y LTSP)
</h4></div></div></div><p>The PXE menu allows network booting of LTSP clients, the installer and other
alternatives. The file
<code class="computeroutput">/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default</code> is
used by default if no other file in that directory matches the client, and
out of the box it is set to link to
<code class="computeroutput">/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-menu.cfg</code>.
</p><p>If all clients should boot as diskless workstations instead of getting the
full PXE menu, this can be implemented by changing the symlink:
</p><pre class="screen">ln -s /var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg /var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default</pre><p>If all clients should boot as thin clients instead, change the symlink like
this:
</p><pre class="screen">ln -s /var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-thin.cfg /var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg/default</pre><p>See also the PXELINUX documentation at <a class="ulink" href="http://syslinux.zytor.com/wiki/index.php/PXELINUX" target="_top">http://syslinux.zytor.com/wiki/index.php/PXELINUX</a> .
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Separate_main_and_LTSP_server"></a>17.2.4. Separate main and LTSP server
</h4></div></div></div><p>For performance and security considerations it might be desired to set up a
separate main server which doesn't act as LTSP server.
</p><p>To have ltspserver00 serve diskless workstations on the main (10.0.0.0/8)
network, when tjener is not a combined server, follow these steps:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>copy the <code class="computeroutput">ltsp</code> directory from
<code class="computeroutput">/var/lib/tftpboot</code> on ltspserver00 to the
same directory on tjener.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>copy
<code class="computeroutput">/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</code>
to the same directory on tjener.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>edit
<code class="computeroutput">/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</code>
to use the IP address of ltspserver00; the following example uses 10.0.2.10
for the IP address of ltspserver00 on the main network:
</p></li></ul></div><pre class="screen"> DEFAULT ltsp/i386/vmlinuz initrd=ltsp/i386/initrd.img nfsroot=10.0.2.10:/opt/ltsp/i386 init=/sbin/init-ltsp boot=nfs ro quiet ipappend 2</pre><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>set the symlink in
<code class="computeroutput">/var/lib/tftpboot/pxelinux.cfg</code> on tjener to
point to
<code class="computeroutput">/var/lib/tftpboot/debian-edu/default-diskless.cfg</code>.
</p></li></ul></div><p>As an alternative, you could use <code class="computeroutput">ldapvi</code>,
search for 'next server tjener' and replace tjener with ltspserver00.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Use_a_different_LTSP_client_network"></a>17.2.5. Use a different LTSP client network
</h4></div></div></div><p>192.168.0.0/24 is the default LTSP client network if a machine is installed
using the Thin-Client-Server profile. If lots of LTSP clients are used or if
different LTSP servers should serve both i386 and amd64 chroot environments
the second preconfigured network 192.168.1.0/24 could be used as well. Edit
the file <code class="computeroutput">/etc/network/interfaces</code> and adjust
the eth1 settings accordingly. Use <code class="computeroutput">ldapvi</code>
or any other LDAP editor to inspect DNS and DHCP configuration.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Changing_network_settings"></a>17.3. Changing network settings
</h3></div></div></div><p>The debian-edu-config package comes with a tool which helps in changing the
network from 10.0.0.0/8 to something else. Have a look at
<code class="computeroutput">/usr/share/debian-edu-config/tools/subnet-change</code>.
It is intended for use just after installation on the main server, to update
LDAP and other files that need to be edited to change the subnet.
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> Note that changing to one of the subnets already used elsewhere in Debian
Edu will not work. 192.168.0.0/24 and 192.168.1.0/24 are already set up as
LTSP client networks. Changing to these subnets will require manual editing
of configuration files to remove duplicate entries.
</p><p>There is no easy way to change the DNS domain name. Changing it would
require changes to both the LDAP structure and several files in the main
server file system. There is also no easy way to change the host and DNS
name of the main server (tjener.intern). To do so would also require
changes to LDAP and files in the main-server and client file system. In
both cases the Kerberos setup would have to be changed, too.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--LTSP_in_detail"></a>17.4. LTSP en detalle
</h3></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--LTSP_client_configuration_in_LDAP_.28and_lts.conf.29"></a>17.4.1. Configuración del cliente LTSP en LDAP (y en lts.conf)
</h4></div></div></div><p>To configure specific thin clients with particular features, you can add
settings in LDAP or edit the file
<code class="computeroutput">/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</code>.
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> We recommend to configure clients in LDAP (and not edit
<code class="computeroutput">lts.conf</code> directly, however, configuration
webforms for LTSP are currently not available in GOsa², you have to use a
plain LDAP browser/explorer or <code class="computeroutput">ldapvi</code>), as
this makes it possible to add and/or replace LTSP servers without loosing
(or having to redo) configuration.
</p><p>The default values in LDAP are defined in the
<code class="computeroutput">cn=ltspConfigDefault,ou=ltsp,dc=skole,dc=skolelinux,dc=no</code>
LDAP object using the <code class="computeroutput">ltspConfig</code>
attribute. One can also add host specific entries in LDAP.
</p><p>Install the package <code class="computeroutput">ltsp-docs</code> and run "man
lts.conf" to have a look at available configuration options (see
<code class="computeroutput">/usr/share/doc/ltsp/LTSPManual.html</code> for
detailed information about LTSP).
</p><p>The default values are defined under
<code class="computeroutput">[default]</code>; to configure one client, specify
it in terms of its MAC address or IP address like this:
<code class="computeroutput">[192.168.0.10]</code>.
</p><p>Example: To make the thin client ltsp010 use 1280x1024 resolution, add
something like this:
</p><pre class="screen">[192.168.0.10]
X_MODE_0 = 1280x1024
X_HORZSYNC = "60-70"
X_VERTREFRESH = "59-62"</pre><p>somewhere below the default settings.
</p><p>To force usage of a specific xserver on an LTSP client, set the
<code class="computeroutput">XSERVER</code> variable. For example:
</p><pre class="screen">[192.168.0.11]
XSERVER = nvidia</pre><p>Depending on what changes you make, it may be necessary to restart the
client.
</p><p>To use IP addresses in <code class="computeroutput">lts.conf</code> you need to
add the client MAC address to your DHCP server. Otherwise you should use the
client MAC address directly in your
<code class="computeroutput">lts.conf</code> file.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Force_all_thin_clients_to_use_LXDE_as_default_desktop_environment"></a>17.4.2. Force all thin clients to use LXDE as default desktop environment
</h4></div></div></div><p>Make sure that LXDE is installed on the thin client server; then add a line
like this below <code class="computeroutput">[default]</code> in "lts.conf":
</p><pre class="screen">LDM_SESSION=/usr/bin/startlxde</pre><p>Note, that users will still be able to select other installed desktop
environments using the "Settings" feature of LDM.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Load-balancing_LTSP_servers"></a>17.4.3. Load-balancing LTSP servers
</h4></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Part_1"></a>17.4.3.1. Parte 1
</h5></div></div></div><p>It is possible to set up the clients to connect to one of several LTSP
servers for load-balancing. This is done by providing
<code class="computeroutput">/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/share/ltsp/get_hosts</code> as
a script printing one or more servers for LDM to connect to. In addition to
this, each LTSP chroot needs to include the SSH host key for each of the
servers.
</p><p>First of all, you must choose one LTSP server to be the load-balancing
server. All the clients will PXE-boot from this server and load the
Skolelinux image. After the image is loaded, LDM chooses which server to
connect to by using the "get_hosts" script. How this is done you decide
later on.
</p><p>The load-balancing server must be announced to the clients as the
"next-server" via DHCP. As DHCP configuration is in LDAP, modifications have
to be done there. Use <code class="computeroutput">ldapvi --ldap-conf -ZD
'(cn=admin)'</code> to edit the appropriate entry in LDAP. (Enter
the main server's root password at the prompt; if VISUAL isn't set, the
default editor will be nano.) Search for a line reading
<code class="computeroutput">dhcpStatements: next-server tjener</code>
Next-server should be the IP address or hostname of the server you chose to
be the load-balancing server. If you use hostname you must have a working
DNS. Remember to restart the DHCP service.
</p><p>Now you have to move your clients from the 192.168.0.0 network to the
10.0.0.0 network; attach them to the backbone network instead of the network
attached to the LTSP server's second network card. This is because when you
use load-balancing, the clients need direct access to the server chosen by
LDM. If you leave your clients on the 192.168.0.0 network, all of the
clients' traffic will go through that server before it reaches the chosen
LDM server.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Part_2"></a>17.4.3.2. Parte 2
</h5></div></div></div><p>Now you have to make a "get_hosts" script that prints a server for LDM to
connect to. The parameter LDM_SERVER overrides this script. In consequence,
this parameter must not be defined if the get_hosts is going to be used. The
get_hosts script writes on the standard output each server IP address or
host name, in random order.
</p><p>Edite "/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf" y agregue algo como esto:
</p><pre class="screen">MY_SERVER_LIST = "xxxx xxxx xxxx"</pre><p>Replace xxxx with either the IP addresses or hostnames of the servers as a
space-separated list. Then, put the following script in
<code class="computeroutput">/opt/ltsp/i386/usr/lib/ltsp/get_hosts</code> on
the server you chose to be the load-balancing server.
</p><pre class="screen"> #!/bin/bash
# Randomise the server list contained in MY_SERVER_LIST parameter
TMP_LIST=""
SHUFFLED_LIST=""
for i in $MY_SERVER_LIST; do
rank=$RANDOM
let "rank %= 100"
TMP_LIST="$TMP_LIST\n${rank}_$i"
done
TMP_LIST=$(echo -e $TMP_LIST | sort)
for i in $TMP_LIST; do
SHUFFLED_LIST="$SHUFFLED_LIST $(echo $i | cut -d_ -f2)"
done
echo $SHUFFLED_LIST</pre></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Part_3"></a>17.4.3.3. Part 3
</h5></div></div></div><p>Now that you've made the "get_hosts" script, it's time to make the SSH host
key for the LTSP chroots. This can be done by making a file containing the
content of
<code class="computeroutput">/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</code> from
all the LTSP servers that will be load-balanced. Save this file as
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra</code> on all
load-balanced servers. The last step is very important because
ltsp-update-sshkeys runs every time a server is booted, and
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/ltsp/ssh_known_hosts.extra</code> is included
if it exists.
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> If you save your new host file as
<code class="computeroutput">/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/ssh/ssh_known_hosts</code>, it
will be erased when you reboot the server.
</p><p>There are some obvious weaknesses with this setup. All clients get their
image from the same server, which causes high loads on the server if many
clients are booted at the same time. Also, the clients require that server
to be always available; without it they cannot boot or get an LDM
server. Therefore this setup is very dependent on one server, which isn't
very good.
</p><p>¡Sus clientes ahora deberían tener balanceo de carga!
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Sound_with_LTSP_clients"></a>17.4.4. Sonido con clientes LTSP
</h4></div></div></div><p>LTSP thin clients support three different audio systems for applications:
ESD, PulseAudio and ALSA. ESD and PulseAudio support networked audio and
are used to pass audio from the server to the clients. ALSA is configured
to redirect its sound via PulseAudio. For selected applications only
supporting the OSS audio system, a wrapper is created by
<code class="computeroutput">/usr/sbin/debian-edu-ltsp-audiodivert</code> to
redirect their sound to PulseAudio. Run this script without arguments to
get a list of applications with such redirection enabled.
</p><p>LTSP diskless workstations handle audio locally and have none of the special
setup needed for networked audio.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Use_printers_attachted_to_LTSP_clients"></a>17.4.5. Use printers attachted to LTSP clients
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Attach the printer to the LTSP client machine (both USB and parallel port
are supported).
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Configure this machine to run a printer in lts.conf (default location:
<code class="computeroutput">/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</code>, see the LTSP
manual
<code class="computeroutput">/usr/share/doc/ltsp/LTSPManual.html#printer</code>
for details.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Configure the printer using the web interface
<code class="computeroutput">https://www:631</code> on tjener; choose network
printer type <code class="computeroutput">AppSocket/HP JetDirect</code> (for
all printers regardless of brand or model) and set
<code class="computeroutput">socket://<LTSP client ip>:9100</code> as
connection URI.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Upgrading_the_LTSP_environment"></a>17.4.6. Actualización del entorno LTSP
</h4></div></div></div><p>It is useful to upgrade the LTSP environment with new packages fairly often,
to make sure security fixes and improvements are made available. To
upgrade, run these commands as user root on each LTSP server:
</p><pre class="screen">ltsp-chroot -a i386 # esto hace "chroot /opt/ltsp/i386" y más, también previene que los demonios inicien
aptitude update
aptitude upgrade
aptitude dist-upgrade
exit</pre><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Installing_additional_software_in_the_LTSP_environment"></a>17.4.6.1. Instalación de software adicional en el entorno LTSP
</h5></div></div></div><p>To install additional software for an LTSP client you must perform the
installation inside the chroot of the LTSP server.
</p><pre class="screen">ltsp-chroot -a i386
## opcionalmente, edita el archivo sources.list:
#editor /etc/apt/sources.list
aptitude update
aptitude install $new_package
exit</pre></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Slow_login_and_security"></a>17.4.7. Slow login and security
</h4></div></div></div><p>Skolelinux has added several security features on the client network
preventing unauthorised superuser access, password sniffing, and other
tricks which may be used on a local network. One such security measure is
secure login using SSH, which is the default with LDM. This can slow down
some client machines which are more than about ten years old, with as little
as a 160 MHz processor and 32 MB RAM. Although it's not recommended, you can
add the value "True" in the
<code class="computeroutput">/opt/ltsp/i386/etc/lts.conf</code> file on the
server:
</p><pre class="screen">LDM_DIRECTX=True</pre><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> <span class="strong"><strong>Warning</strong></span>: The above protects initial
login, but all activities after that use unencrypted networked X. Passwords
(except the initial one) will travel in cleartext over the network, as well
as anything else.
</p><p>Note: Since such ten-year-old thin clients may also have trouble running
newer versions of LibreOffice and Firefox/Iceweasel due to pixmap caching
issues, you may consider running thin clients with at least 128 MB RAM, or
upgrade the hardware, which will also give you the benefit of being able to
use them as diskless workstations.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Replacing_LDM_with_KDM"></a>17.5. Reemplazar LDM con KDM
</h3></div></div></div><p>Since version 3.0 Skolelinux has been running LDM as its login manager,
which uses a secure SSH tunnel to log in. Switching to KDM also requires a
switch to XDMCP, which uses lower CPU resources on the clients and on the
server.
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> <span class="strong"><strong>Warning</strong></span>: XDMCP does not use
encryption. Passwords will travel in cleartext over the network, as well as
anything else.
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> Note: local devices with <code class="computeroutput">ltspfs</code> will stop
working without LDM.
</p><p>Para revisar si XDMCP está corriendo, ejecute este comando desde una
estación de trabajo:
</p><pre class="screen"> X -query ltspserverXX</pre><p>Si está en la red de clientes ligeros, ejecute este comando:
</p><pre class="screen"> X -query 192.168.0.254</pre><p>El objetivo es permitir que el cliente ligero real, contacte al servidor
xdmcp en 192.168.0.254 (en una configuración estándar de Skolelinux).
</p><p>Si XDMCP no es accesible en su servidor, que correo KDM, agregue lo
siguiente al archivo <code class="computeroutput">/etc/kde4/kdm/Xaccess</code>:
</p><pre class="screen"> * # any host can get a login window</pre><p>The star before the comment '#' is important; the rest is a comment, of
course <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/smile.png" alt=":)" /></span>
</p><p>Luego habilite XDMCP en KDM con el comando:
</p><pre class="screen"> sudo update-ini-file /etc/kde4/kdm/kdmrc Xdmcp Enable true</pre><p>Finalmente, reinicia KDM ejecutando:
</p><pre class="screen"> sudo service kdm restart</pre></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Connecting_Windows_machines_to_the_network_.2BAC8_Windows_integration"></a>17.6. Connecting Windows machines to the network / Windows integration
</h3></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Joining_a_domain"></a>17.6.1. Joining a domain
</h4></div></div></div><p>For Windows clients the Windows domain "SKOLELINUX" is available to be
joined. A special service called Samba, installed on the main-server tjener,
enables Windows clients to store profiles and user data, and also
authenticates the users during the login.
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> Joining a domain with a Windows client requires the steps described in the
<a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Samba" title="18. Samba en Debian Edu">Debian Edu Jessie Samba Howto</a>.
</p><p>Windows will sync the profiles of domain users on every Windows login and
logout. Depending on how much data is stored in the profile, this could take
some time. To minimise the time needed, deactivate things like local cache
in browsers (you can use the Squid proxy cache installed on tjener instead)
and save files into the H: volume rather than under "My Documents".
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--User_groups_in_Windows"></a>17.6.1.1. User groups in Windows
</h5></div></div></div><p>Groupmaps must also be added for any other user group you add through
<code class="computeroutput">GOsa²</code>. If you want your user groups to be
available in Windows, e.g. for netlogon scripts or other group dependant
actions, you can add them using variations of the following command. Samba
will function without these groupmaps, but Windows machines won't be
group-aware.
</p><pre class="screen">/usr/bin/net groupmap add unixgroup=students \
type=domain ntgroup="students" \
comment="All students in the school"</pre><p>
FIXME: It would be even better to first/also explain user groups for Windows
with GOsa² (and then show an example for the command line)
</p><p>If you want to check user groups on Windows, you need to download the tool
<code class="computeroutput">IFMEMBER.EXE</code> from Microsoft. Then you can
use this for example in the logon script which resides on tjener in
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/samba/netlogon/LOGON.BAT</code>.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--XP_home"></a>17.6.2. XP home
</h4></div></div></div><p>Users bringing in their XP laptops from home can still connect to tjener
using their skolelinux credentials, provided the workgroup is set to
SKOLELINUX. However, they may need to disable the Windows firewall before
tjener will appear in Network Neighbourhood (or whatever it's called now).
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Managing_roaming_profiles"></a>17.6.3. Managing roaming profiles
</h4></div></div></div><p>Roaming profiles contain user work environments which include desktop items
and settings. Examples include personal files, desktop icons and menus,
screen colours, mouse settings, window size and position, application
configurations, and network and printer connections. Roaming profiles are
available wherever the user logs on, provided the server is available.
</p><p>Since the profile is copied from the server to the machine during logon, and
copied back to the server during logout, a large profile can make Windows
login/logout painfully slow. There can be many reasons for a large profile,
but the most common problem is that users save their files on the Windows
desktop or in the "My Documents" folder instead of in their home
directory. Also, some badly designed programs use the profile to store data
and as scratch space.
</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>The educational approach</em></span>: one way to deal with
overlarge profiles is to explain the situation to the users. Tell them not
to store huge files on the desktop, and if they fail to listen, it's their
own fault when login is slow.
</p><p><span class="emphasis"><em>Tweaking the profile</em></span>: a different approach to dealing
with the problem is to remove parts of the profile, and redirect other parts
to regular file storage. This moves the workload from the users to the
administrator, while adding complexity to the installation. There are at
least three ways to edit the parts that are removed from the roaming
profile.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Example_smb.conf_files_for_roaming_profiles"></a>17.6.3.1. Example smb.conf files for roaming profiles
</h5></div></div></div><p>
FIXME: Maybe it is better to purge the examples. People who want to use
roaming profiles should know what they are doing ...
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> <span class="strong"><strong>Note</strong></span> The examples are outdated since in
wheezy kerberos was configured for samba too!
</p><p>You might find an example smb.conf in your preferred language delivered by
the installation on tjener under
<code class="computeroutput">/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-config/examples/</code>.
The source file is in English and is called
<code class="computeroutput">smb-roaming-profiles-en.conf</code>; look for a
file with the appropriate code in the filename (the German translation, for
example, will be named
<code class="computeroutput">smb-roaming-profiles-de.conf</code>). Inside the
config file are a lot of explanations which you should have a look at.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Machine_policies_for_roaming_profiles"></a>17.6.3.2. Machine policies for roaming profiles
</h5></div></div></div><p>Machine policies can be edited and copied to all the other computers.
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Pick a freshly installed Windows computer, and run
<code class="computeroutput">gpedit.msc</code>
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Under the selection "User Configuration" -> "Administrative Templates"
-> "System" -> "User Profiles" -> "Exclude directories in roaming
profile", you can enter a semicolon-separated list of directories to exclude
from the profile. The directories are internationalised and must be written
in your own language the way they are in the profile. Examples of
directories to exclude are:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>log
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Locale settings
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Temporary Internet Files
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>My Documents
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Application Data
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Temporary Internet Files
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Save your changes, and exit the editor.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Copy <code class="computeroutput">c:\windows\system32\GroupPolicy</code> to all
other Windows machines.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>It's a good idea to copy it to your Windows OS deployment system to have it
included at install time.
</p></li></ul></div></li></ol></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Global_policies_for_roaming_profiles"></a>17.6.3.3. Global policies for roaming profiles
</h5></div></div></div><p>By using the legacy Windows policy editor
(<code class="computeroutput">poledit.exe</code>), you can can create a Policy
file (NTConfig.pol) and put it in your netlogon share on tjener. This has
the advantage of working almost instantly on all Windows machines.
</p><p>For some time, the policy editor standalone download has been removed from
the Microsoft web site, but it's still available as part of the ORK Tools.
</p><p>With <code class="computeroutput">poledit.exe</code> you can create .pol
files. If you put such a file on tjener as
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/samba/netlogon/NTLOGON.POL</code> it will
automatically be read by Windows machines and temporarily overwrite the
registry, thus applying the changes.
</p><p>To make sensible use of <code class="computeroutput">poledit.exe</code> you
also need to download appropriate .adm files for your operating system and
applications; otherwise you cannot define many settings in
<code class="computeroutput">poledit.exe</code>.
</p><p>Be aware that the new group policy tools,
<code class="computeroutput">gpedit.msc</code> and
<code class="computeroutput">gpmc.msc</code>, cannot create .pol files; they
either only work for the local machine or need an Active Directory server.
</p><p>If you understand German, <a class="ulink" href="http://gruppenrichtlinien.de" target="_top">http://gruppenrichtlinien.de</a> is a
very good web site on this topic.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Editing_Windows_registry"></a>17.6.3.4. Editar el registro de Windows
</h5></div></div></div><p>You can edit the registry of the local computer, and copy this registry key
to other computers
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Iniciar el editor del registro.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Navigate to <code class="computeroutput">HKEY_CURRENT_USER\Software\Microsoft\Windows
NT\CurrentVersion\Winlogon</code>
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Use the menu "Edit menu" -> "New" -> "String Value".
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Call it <code class="computeroutput">ExcludeProfileDirs</code>
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter a semicolon-separated list of paths to exclude (in the same way as for
a machine policy)
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Now you can choose to export this registry key as a .reg file. Mark a
selection, right-click, and select "Export".
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Save the file and you can double click it, or add it to a script to spread
it to other machines.
</p></li></ol></div><p>Fuentes:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/featured/gp/default.mspx" target="_top">http://technet2.microsoft.com/windowsserver/en/technologies/featured/gp/default.mspx</a>
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/PolicyMgmt.html" target="_top">http://www.samba.org/samba/docs/man/Samba-HOWTO-Collection/PolicyMgmt.html</a>
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://isg.ee.ethz.ch/tools/realmen/det/skel.en.html" target="_top">http://isg.ee.ethz.ch/tools/realmen/det/skel.en.html</a>
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://www.css.taylor.edu/~nehresma/samba.html" target="_top">http://www.css.taylor.edu/~nehresma/samba.html</a>
</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Redirecting_profile_directories"></a>17.6.4. Redirecting profile directories
</h4></div></div></div><p>Sometimes just removing directories from the profile is not enough. You may
find that users lose files because they mistakenly save things into "My
Documents" when this is not saved in the profiles. You may also want to
redirect the directories used by some badly programmed applications to
normal network shares.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Redirecting_using_machine_policies"></a>17.6.4.1. Redirecting using machine policies
</h5></div></div></div><p>All the instructions given above about machine policies apply here too. You
can use <code class="computeroutput">gpedit.msc</code> to edit the policy and
copy it to all machines. The redirection should be available under "User
Configuration" -> "Windows Settings" -> "Folder
Redirection". Directories that it can be useful to redirect include
"Desktop" and "My Documents".
</p><p>One thing to remember is that if you enable folder redirection, those
folders are automatically added to the synchronised folders list. If you do
not want this, you should disable it via one of the following routes:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>"User Configuration" -> "Administrative Templates" -> "Network" ->
"Offline Files"
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>"Computer Configuration" -> "Administrative Templates" -> "Network"
-> "Offline Files"
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Redirecting_using_global_policies"></a>17.6.4.2. Redirecting using global policies
</h5></div></div></div><p>
FIXME: explain how to use profiles from global policies for Windows machines
in the skolelinux network
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Avoiding_roaming_profiles"></a>17.6.5. Avoiding roaming profiles
</h4></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Disabling_roaming_using_a_local_policy"></a>17.6.5.1. Disabling roaming using a local policy
</h5></div></div></div><p>Using local policies, you can disable the roaming profile on individual
machines. This is often wanted on special machines - for instance on
dedicated machines, or machines that have lower than usual bandwith.
</p><p>You can use the machine policy method describe above; the key is in
"Administrative Templates" -> "System" -> "User Profiles" -> "Only
allow local profiles".
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Disabling_roaming_using_global_policies"></a>17.6.5.2. Disabling roaming using global policies
</h5></div></div></div><p>
FIXME: describe roaming profile key for the global policy editor here
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h5 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Disabling_roaming_in_smb.conf"></a>17.6.5.3. Disabling roaming in smb.conf
</h5></div></div></div><p>If, perhaps, everyone has their own dedicated machine, and nobody else is
allowed to touch it, editing the Samba configuration will let you disable
roaming profiles for the entire network. You can alter the
<code class="computeroutput">smb.conf</code> file on tjener, unsetting the
"logon path" and "logon home" variables, then restart samba.
</p><pre class="screen">logon path = ""
logon home = ""</pre></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Remote_Desktop"></a>17.7. Remote Desktop
</h3></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Remote_Desktop_Service"></a>17.7.1. Remote Desktop Service
</h4></div></div></div><p>Beginning with this release, choosing the thin client server profile or the
combined server profile installs xrdp, a package which uses the Remote
Desktop Protocol to present a graphical login to a remote client. Microsoft
Windows users can connect to the thin client server running xrdp without
installing additional software - they simply start a Remote Desktop
Connection on their Windows machine and connect.
</p><p>Additionally, xrdp can connect to a VNC server or another RDP server.
</p><p>Some municipalities provide a remote desktop solution so that students and
teachers can access Skolelinux from their home computer running Windows, Mac
or Linux.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--Available_Remote_Desktop_clients"></a>17.7.2. Clientes de escritorio remoto disponible
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p><code class="computeroutput">freerdp-x11</code> is installed by default and is
captable of RDP and VNC.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>RDP - the easiest way to access Windows terminal server. An alternative
client package is <code class="computeroutput">rdesktop</code>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>VNC client (Virtual Network Computer) gives access to Skolelinux remotely.
An alternative client package is
<code class="computeroutput">xvncviewer</code>.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>NX graphical client gives students and teachers access to Skolelinux
remotely on Windows, Mac or Linux PC. One municipality in Norway has
provided NX support to all students since 2005. They report that the
solution is stable.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/CitrixApps" target="_top">Citrix ICA
client HowTo</a> to access Windows terminal server from Skolelinux.
</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="NetworkClients--HowTos_from_wiki.debian.org"></a>17.8. HowTos de wiki.debian.org
</h3></div></div></div><p>The HowTos from <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/</a> are
either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over
here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors (see the
history of those pages to find them) if they are fine with moving the howto
and putting it under the GPL.)
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LocalDeviceLtspfs</a>
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/LtspDisklessWorkstation</a>
</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="Samba"></a>18. Samba en Debian Edu
</h2></div></div></div><p>Samba (v3), since Debian Edu Wheezy (the previous release), has been fully
prepared for use as an NT4-style domain controller with Windows XP, Windows
Vista and Windows 7 as clients. After a machine has joined the domain, this
machine can be fully managed with GOsa².
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Samba--Getting_Started"></a>18.1. Cómo empezar
</h3></div></div></div><p>This documentation presumes that you have installed the Debian Edu main
server and maybe also a Debian Edu workstation to verify that working under
Debian Edu/Skolelinux works for you. We presume that you have already
created some users that can flawlessly use the Debian Edu workstation. We
also presume that you have a Windows XP/Vista/7 workstation at hand, so you
can test access to the Debian Edu main server from a Windows machine.
</p><p>Después de la instalación del servidor principal de Debian Edu, \\TJENER
debería ser visible desde computadoras con Windows. El dominio de Debian Edu
en Windows es SKOLELINUX. Utilice una computadora con Windows (o Linux con
smbclient) para explorar su entorno de red de Windows/Samba.
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>INICIO -> comando ejecutar.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Esriba \\TJENER y presione enter.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>-> a Windows Explorer window should open and show the netlogon share on
\\TJENER, and maybe printers you already have configured for printing under
Unix/Linux (CUPS queues).
</p></li></ol></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Samba--Accessing_files_via_Samba"></a>18.1.1. Acceder los archivos mediante Samba
</h4></div></div></div><p>Cuentas de usuarios de estudiantes y profesores que han sido configuradas
mediante GOsa² pueden ingresar a \\TJENER\HOMES o \\TJENER\<username>
y acceder a sus directorios personales con computadoras Windows que
<span class="strong"><strong>no</strong></span> se han unido al dominio SKOLELINUX.
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>INICIO -> comando ejecutar.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Escriba \\TJENER\HOMES o \\TJENER\<username> y presione enter.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Escriba su datos de usuario y contraseña en la ventana de autenticación que
aparece.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>-> una ventana de explorador de Windows se abrirá y le mostrará los
archivos y directorios en su directorio personal de Debian Edu.
</p></li></ol></div><p>Por defecto, solamente [home] y [netlogon] son exportadas; más ejemplos para
estudiantes y profesores sobre como compartir pueden encontrarse en
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/samba/smb-debian-edu.conf</code> en el
servidor principal de Debian Edu.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Samba--Domain_Membership"></a>18.2. Domain Membership
</h3></div></div></div><p>To use Samba on TJENER as a domain controller, your network's Windows
workstations have to join the SKOLELINUX domain provided by the Debian Edu
main server.
</p><p>The first thing you have to do is to enable the SKOLELINUX\Administrator
account. This account is not intended for day-to-day usage; its current main
purpose is to add Windows machines to the SKOLELINUX domain. To enable this
account log on to TJENER as the first user (created during main server
installation) and run this command:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>$ sudo smbpasswd -e Administrator
</p></li></ul></div><p>The password of SKOLELINUX\Administrator has been preconfigured during the
main server's installation. Please use the system's root account when
authenticating as SKOLELINUX\Administrator.
</p><p>Once you are done with your administrative work make sure to disable the
SKOLELINUX\Administrator account again:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>$ sudo smbpasswd -d Administrator
</p></li></ul></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Samba--Windows_hostname"></a>18.2.1. Windows hostname
</h4></div></div></div><p>Make sure your Windows machine has the name that you want to use in the
SKOLELINUX domain. If not, rename it first (and then reboot). The NetBIOS
host name of the Windows machine will later on be used in GOsa² and cannot
be changed there (without breaking the domain membership for this machine).
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Samba--Joining_the_SKOLELINUX_Domain_with_Windows_XP"></a>18.2.2. Unirse al dominio SKOLELINUX con Windows XP
</h4></div></div></div><p>Joining Windows XP machines (tested with Service Pack 3) works out of the
box.
</p><p>Nota: Windows XP Home no soporta membresía por dominio, Windows XP
Profesional es requerido.
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Ingrese a la computadora Windows XP como adminsitrador (o cualquier cuenta
con privilegios de administración).
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Haga clic en "inicio", luego presione clic-derecho en "Computadora" y luego
haga clic en "Propiedades".
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Seleccione la pestaña "Nombre de computadora" y haga clic en "Cambiar…"
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Debajo de "Miembro de", seleccione el botón junto a "Dominio:", escriba
SKOLELINUX y luego haga clic en "OK"
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Una ventana emergente le solicitará ingresar las credenciales de una cuenta
con derechos de unirse al dominio. Escriba SKOLELINUX\Administrator en el
campo nombre de usuario y la contraseña de usuario root del servidor
principal, luego haga clic en "OK".
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Una ventana emergente de confirmación le dará la bienvenida al dominio
SKOLELINUX. Al hacer clic en "OK", tendrá otro mensaje informándole que
necesita reiniciar la computadora para que los cambios puedan
aplicarse. Haga clic en "OK".
</p></li></ol></div><p>Después del reinicio, cuando ingresa por primera vez, haga clic en el botón
"Opciones >>" y seleccione el dominio SKOLELINUX en lugar del dominio
local ("esta computadora").
</p><p>Si el ingreso al dominio ha sido exitoso, usted podrá ver los detalles del
equipo en GOsa² (en el menú "Sistemas").
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Samba--Joining_the_SKOLELINUX_Domain_with_Windows_Vista.2BAC87"></a>18.2.3. Unirse al dominio SKOLELINUX con Windows Vista/7
</h4></div></div></div><p>Unir computadoras Windows Vista/7 al dominio SKOLELINUX, requiere la
instalación de un parche en el registro del cliente Windows Vista/7. Este
parche se encuentra en:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p>\\tjener\netlogon\win7+samba_domain-membership\Win7_Samba3DomainMember.reg
</p></li></ul></div><p>Para más información, consulte el archivo README_Win7-Domain-Membership.txt
en el mismo directorio. Asegúrese de aplicar este parche como administrador
local en el sistema Windows.
</p><p>Después de aplicar el parche anterior y reiniciar el cliente, podrá unirse
al dominio SKOLELINUX:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>Haga clic en "inicio", luego presione clic-derecho en "Computadora" y luego
haga clic en "Propiedades".
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>the basic system information page will open. Under "Computer name, domain,
and workgroup settings", click on "Change Settings"
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>on the System Properties page, click on "Change..."
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Debajo de "Miembro de", seleccione el botón junto a "Dominio:", escriba
SKOLELINUX y luego haga clic en "OK"
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Una ventana emergente le solicitará ingresar las credenciales de una cuenta
con derechos de unirse al dominio. Escriba SKOLELINUX\Administrator en el
campo nombre de usuario y la contraseña de usuario root del servidor
principal, luego haga clic en "OK".
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Una ventana emergente de confirmación le dará la bienvenida al dominio
SKOLELINUX. Al hacer clic en "OK", tendrá otro mensaje informándole que
necesita reiniciar la computadora para que los cambios puedan
aplicarse. Haga clic en "OK".
</p></li></ol></div><p>Después del reinicio, cuando ingresa por primera vez, haga clic en el botón
"Opciones >>" y seleccione el dominio SKOLELINUX en lugar del dominio
local ("esta computadora").
</p><p>Si el ingreso al dominio ha sido exitoso, usted podrá ver los detalles del
equipo en GOsa² (en el menú "Sistemas").
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Samba--First_Domain_Logon"></a>18.3. First Domain Logon
</h3></div></div></div><p>Debian Edu ships some logon scripts that pre-configure the Windows user
profile on first logon. When logging on to a Windows workstation that has
joined the SKOLELINUX domain for the first time the following tasks are run:
</p><div class="orderedlist"><ol class="orderedlist" type="1"><li class="listitem"><p>copy the user's Firefox profile to a separate location and register that
with Mozilla Firefox on Windows
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>set up Web-Proxy and start page in Firefox
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>set up Web-Proxy and start page in IE
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>add a MyHome icon to the Desktop that points to drive H: and opens Windows
Explorer on double-click
</p></li></ol></div><p>Other tasks are run on every logon. For further information on this, please
refer to the <code class="computeroutput">/etc/samba/netlogon</code> folder on
your Debian Edu main server.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="TeachAndLearn"></a>19. HowTos for teaching and learning
</h2></div></div></div><p>All the Debian packages on this page can be installed by running either
<code class="computeroutput">aptitude install <package></code> or
<code class="computeroutput">apt-get install <package></code> (as root).
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="TeachAndLearn--Moodle"></a>19.1. Moodle
</h3></div></div></div><p><a class="ulink" href="https://packages.debian.org/stable/moodle#" target="_top">Moodle</a> is a
free, Open Source course management system - software designed using sound
pedagogical principles to help educators create effective online learning
communities. You can download and use it on any computer (including
webhosts), yet it can scale from a single-teacher site to a University with
200,000 students. Some schools in France use Moodle to keep track of
students' facilities and credit points.
</p><p>There are <a class="ulink" href="http://moodle.org/sites/" target="_top">moodle sites</a> all
over the world, mostly concentrated in Europe and North America. Check the
site of an <a class="ulink" href="http://moodle.org/sites/" target="_top">institution</a> near
you to get an idea about it. More information is available at the <a class="ulink" href="http://moodle.org" target="_top">moodle project page,</a> including <a class="ulink" href="http://docs.moodle.org/en/Main_Page" target="_top">documentation</a> and <a class="ulink" href="http://moodle.org/support/" target="_top">support</a>.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="TeachAndLearn--Teaching_Prolog"></a>19.2. Teaching Prolog
</h3></div></div></div><p><a class="ulink" href="https://packages.debian.org/stable/swi-prolog#" target="_top">SWI-Prolog</a> is
an open source implementation of the programming language Prolog, commonly
used for teaching and semantic web applications.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="TeachAndLearn--Monitoring_pupils"></a>19.3. Monitoring pupils
</h3></div></div></div><p>Some schools use control tools like <a class="ulink" href="https://packages.debian.org/stable/controlaula#" target="_top">Controlaula</a> or
<a class="ulink" href="https://packages.debian.org/stable/italc-master#" target="_top">iTALC</a>
to supervise their students. See also the <a class="ulink" href="http://sourceforge.net/apps/mediawiki/italc/index.php?title=Main_Page" target="_top">iTALC
Wiki</a> (and the documentation in bug <a class="ulink" href="https://bugs.debian.org/511387#" target="_top">511387</a>).
</p><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> <span class="strong"><strong>Warning</strong></span>: make sure you know the status of
the laws about monitoring and restricting computer users' activities in your
jurisdiction.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="TeachAndLearn--Restricting_pupils.27_network_access"></a>19.4. Restricting pupils' network access
</h3></div></div></div><p>Some schools use <a class="ulink" href="https://packages.debian.org/stable/squidguard#" target="_top">Squidguard</a> or
<a class="ulink" href="https://packages.debian.org/stable/dansguardian#" target="_top">Dansguardian</a>
to restrict Internet access.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="TeachAndLearn--Smart-Board_integration"></a>19.5. Smart-Board integration
</h3></div></div></div><p>Some schools use the products of <a class="ulink" href="http://smarttech.com" target="_top">Smarttech</a> for their teaching. You need a
workstation with drivers and software for this, Smarttech has published some
working non-free Software in a Debian Repository as a download. A local copy
of this repository needs to be put inside the school network, so that the
smartboard software could be installed on our machines. So teachers and
pupils can prepare for class on every computer:
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="TeachAndLearn--Providing_the_repository_on_tjener"></a>19.5.1. Providing the repository on tjener
</h4></div></div></div><p>Download the repository as a tar.gz file from <a class="ulink" href="http://smarttech.com/us/Support/Browse+Support/Download+Software/Software/SMART+Notebook+collaborative+learning+software/Previous+versions/SMART+Notebook+10_2+for+Linux" target="_top">http://smarttech.com/us/Support/Browse+Support/Download+Software/Software/SMART+Notebook+collaborative+learning+software/Previous+versions/SMART+Notebook+10_2+for+Linux</a>.
</p><pre class="screen"># move the tar.gz file to a repository directory on the school network's webroot (by default located on tjener):
root@tjener:~#
mkdir /etc/debian-edu/www/debian
mv smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz /etc/debian-edu/www/debian
# change into the new directory
root@tjener:~# cd /etc/debian-edu/www/debian
# extract the file
root@tjener:~# tar xzvf smartnotebook10_2sp1debianrepository.tar.gz</pre></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="TeachAndLearn--Add_the_needed_packages_to_the_PXE_installation_image"></a>19.5.2. Add the needed packages to the PXE installation image
</h4></div></div></div><p>Add the following lines to
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/debian-edu/www/debian-edu-install.dat.local</code>:
</p><pre class="screen">d-i apt-setup/local1/repository string http://www/debian/ stable non-free
d-i apt-setup/local1/comment string SMART Repo
d-i apt-setup/local1/key string http://www/debian/swbuild.asc
d-i pkgsel/include string smart-activation,smart-common,smart-gallerysetup,smart-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier,smart-product-drivers</pre><p>Update the preseed file:
</p><pre class="screen">/usr/sbin/debian-edu-pxeinstall</pre><p>After this, new installations via PXE will have the <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.debian.org/SmartBoard#" target="_top">SmartBoard</a> software
installed.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="TeachAndLearn--Adding_the_SmartBoard_software_manually_after_installation"></a>19.5.3. Adding the SmartBoard software manually after installation
</h4></div></div></div><p>The following instructions are for updating LTSP chroots.
</p><p>Using an editor add the following lines to
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/apt/sources.list</code> in the chroot:
</p><pre class="screen">### SMART Repo
deb http://www/debian/ stable non-free</pre><p>Start the editor like this:
</p><pre class="screen">ltsp-chroot -a i386 editor /etc/apt/sources.list</pre><p>Add the repository key and install the software:
</p><pre class="screen">ltsp-chroot -a i386 wget http://www/debian/swbuild.asc
ltsp-chroot -a i386 apt-key add swbuild.asc
ltsp-chroot -a i386 rm swbuild.asc
# update the dpkg database and install the wanted packages
ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude update
ltsp-chroot -a i386 aptitude install smart-activation,smart-common,smart-gallerysetup,smart-hwr,smart-languagesetup,smart-notebook,smart-notifier,smart-product-drivers</pre></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="TeachAndLearn--HowTos_from_wiki.debian.org"></a>19.6. HowTos de wiki.debian.org
</h3></div></div></div><p>The HowTos from <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/</a> are
either user- or developer-specific. Let's move the user-specific HowTos over
here (and delete them over there)! (But first ask the authors if they are
happy with moving them and putting them under the GPL - see the page
histories to find them.)
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/HowTo/TeacherFirstStep</a> -
incomplete but interesting
</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="Users"></a>20. HowTos for users
</h2></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Users--Changing_passwords"></a>20.1. Changing passwords
</h3></div></div></div><p>Casa usuario debería cambiar su contraseña usando GOsa². Para hacerlo, solo
use un navegador web y vaya a
<code class="computeroutput">https://www/gosa/</code>.
</p><p>Using GOsa² to change the password ensures that Kerberos (krbPrincipalKey),
LDAP (userPassword) and Samba (sambaNTPassword and sambaLMPassword)
passwords are the same.
</p><p>Changing passwords using PAM is working (ie at the KDM/GDM login prompt),
but this will only update the Kerberos password, and not the Samba and GOsa²
(LDAP) password. So after you changed your password at the login prompt, you
really should also change it using GOsa².
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Users--Java"></a>20.2. Java
</h3></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Users--Running_standalone_Java_applications"></a>20.2.1. Running standalone Java applications
</h4></div></div></div><p>Standalone Java applications are supported out of the box by the OpenJDK
Java runtime.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Users--Running_Java_applications_in_the_web_browser"></a>20.2.2. Running Java applications in the web browser
</h4></div></div></div><p>Running Java applets in the browser are supported out of the box by the
OpenJDK Java runtime.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Users--Using_email"></a>20.3. Using email
</h3></div></div></div><p>Todos los usuarios pueden enviar y recibir correos electrónicos en la red
interna, el administrador necesita configurar el servidor de correos
<code class="computeroutput">exim4</code> para adaptarse a la situación local,
iniciando con <code class="computeroutput">dpkg-reconfigure
exim4-config</code>.
</p><p>Every user who wants to use KMail (or Icedove, not installed by default)
needs to configure it as follows. For a user with username jdoe the internal
email address is <a class="ulink" href="mailto:jdoe@postoffice.intern" target="_top">jdoe@postoffice.intern</a>.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Users--KMail"></a>20.3.1. KMail
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Start KMail
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Close the tip of the day
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Cancel the Account Assistant
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Open Settings/Configure KMail
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Modify the default identity
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>enter your email address
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>make sure that 'postoffice.intern' is the default domain (tab Advanced)
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>click OK
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Choose Accounts out of the menu
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>click add
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>choose imap-server (get rid of KWallet each time it pops up)
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>enter 'intern' as account name and 'postoffice.intern' as imap server
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>check if the username is present
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>don't enter the password, as Kerberos single sign on will be used
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>click the tab Advanced
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>click 'Auto detect', then change Authentication manually from 'Login' to
'GSSAPI'
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>click ok
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>accept the certificate (forever)
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>click ok
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Open Settings/Configure KMail to configure Sending
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>click Add
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>enter 'intern' as name and set it as default, choose SMTP
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>click 'Create and Configure'
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>enter 'postoffice.intern' as outgoing server name
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>check 'server requires authentication'
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>enter username; again, omit the password
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>click OK
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>click on the just configured server entry, click 'Modify'
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>click advanced configuration
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>click detect automatically
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>click two times OK
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>You should now be able to read your welcome email (next message).
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Users--Icedove"></a>20.3.2. Icedove
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Start Icedove
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Click 'Skip this and use my existing email'
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enter your email address
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Uncheck 'Remember password'
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Don't enter your password as Kerberos single sign on will be used
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Click 'Continue'
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Click 'Manual config'
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Under Authentication, change it to 'Kerberos/GSSAPI' for SMTP as well
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Click 'Done'
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A warning pops up, check 'I understand the risks' and click 'Done'
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>First time accessing the inbox click 'Confirm Security Exception' to accept
the certificate
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Users--Obtaining_a_Kerberos_ticket_to_read_email_on_diskless_workstations"></a>20.3.3. Obtener un ticket Kerberos para leer correos en las estaciones de trabajo
sin disco
</h4></div></div></div><p>If working on a diskless workstation, you don't have a Kerberos TGT by
default. To get one, click the credentials button in the system tray. Enter
your password and the ticket will be granted.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Users--Volume_control"></a>20.4. Volume control
</h3></div></div></div><p>En clientes ligeros, <code class="computeroutput">pavucontrol</code> o
<code class="computeroutput">alsamixer</code> (pero no
<code class="computeroutput">kmix</code>) puede ser usado para ajustar el
volumen.
</p><p>En otras computadoras (estaciones de trabajo, servidores LTSP y estaciones
de trabajo sin disco), puede usar <code class="computeroutput">kmix</code> o
<code class="computeroutput">alsamixer</code>.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="Contribute"></a>21. Contribuir
</h2></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Contribute--Let_us_know_you_exist"></a>21.1. Déjenos saber que existes
</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/worldmap.png" alt="http://www.skolelinux.no/slschools/worldmap.php?lang=en&image=worldmap.png" /></span>
</p><p>Existen usuarios de Debian Edu alrededor del mundo. Una forma fácil de
contribuir es dejarnos saber que existes y usas Debian Edu, esto nos motiva
y, por lo tanto, ya es una contribución valiosa. <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/smile.png" alt=":-)" /></span>
</p><p>El proyecto Debian Edu provee una base de datos de escuelas y usuarios del
sistema para ayudar a encontrarse entre ellos mismos y también para dar una
idea sobre la ubicación de los usuarios. Háganos saber sobre su instalación
de Debian Edu, registrándose en esta base de datos. Para registrar su
escuela, use<a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ReferenceSchools" target="_top">este formulario
web</a>.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Contribute--Contribute_locally"></a>21.2. Contribute locally
</h3></div></div></div><p>Actualmente hay equipos locales en Noruega, Alemania, la región de
Extremadura en España, Taiwan y Francia. Contruibdores y usuarias "aislados"
existen en Grecia, Holanda, Japan y otros lugares.
</p><p>El <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Support" title="22. Soporte">capítulo de soporte</a> contiene explicaciones
y enlaces a recursos localizados, ya que <span class="emphasis"><em>contruibuir</em></span> y
<span class="emphasis"><em>apoyar</em></span> son dos lados de la misma moneda.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Contribute--Contribute_globally"></a>21.3. Contribuye a nivel global
</h3></div></div></div><p>A nivel internacional estamos organizados en varios <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Teams/" target="_top">equipos</a> que trabajan
en distintas áreas.
</p><p>Most of the time, the <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu" target="_top">developer mailing list</a> is
our main medium for communication, though we have monthly IRC meetings on
#debian-edu on irc.debian.org and even, less frequently, real gatherings,
where we meet each other in person. <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/NewContributor" target="_top">New
contributors</a> should read our <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/ArchivePolicy</a>.
</p><p>A good way to learn what is happening in the development of Debian Edu is to
subscribe to the <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.alioth.debian.org/mailman/listinfo/debian-edu-commits" target="_top">commit
mailinglist</a>.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Contribute--Documentation_writers_and_translators"></a>21.4. Documentación para editores y traductores
</h3></div></div></div><p>¡Este documento necesita de su ayuda! No está finalizado todavía: si lo lee,
notará varias lineas que dicen POR CORREGIR. Si usted saber lo que se
necesita corregir, considere compartir su conocimiento con nosotros.
</p><p>The source of the text is a wiki and can be edited with a simple
webbrowser. Just go to <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Jessie/</a> and you can
contribute easily. Note: a user account is needed to edit the pages; you
need to <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/UserPreferences" target="_top">create a wiki
user</a> first.
</p><p>Another very good way to contribute and to help users is by translating
software and documentation. Information on how to translate this document
can be found in the <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Translations" title="26. Traducciones de este documento">translations chapter</a>
of this book. Please consider helping the translation effort of this book!
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="Support"></a>22. Soporte
</h2></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Support--Volunteer_based_support"></a>22.1. Soporte basado en voluntarios
</h3></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Support--in_English"></a>22.1.1. in English
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu</a>
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss" target="_top">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/admin-discuss</a>
- support mailing list
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>#debian-edu on irc.debian.org - IRC channel, mostly development related; do
not expect real time support even though it frequently happens <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/smile.png" alt=":-)" /></span>
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Support--in_Norwegian"></a>22.1.2. in Norwegian
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker" target="_top">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/bruker</a>
- support mailing list
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen" target="_top">https://init.linpro.no/mailman/skolelinux.no/listinfo/linuxiskolen</a> -
mailing list for the development member organisation in Norway (FRISK)
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>#skolelinux en irc.debian.org - canal IRC para soporte en Noruego
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Support--in_German"></a>22.1.3. in German
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german" target="_top">http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-german</a> - support mailing
list
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.skolelinux.de" target="_top">http://wiki.skolelinux.de</a> - wiki with lots of HowTos etc.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>#skolelinux.de en irc.debian.org - canal IRC para soporte en Alemán
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Support--in_French"></a>22.1.4. in French
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french" target="_top">http://lists.debian.org/debian-edu-french</a> - support mailing
list
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Support--in_Spanish"></a>22.1.5. in Spanish
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://www.skolelinux.es" target="_top">http://www.skolelinux.es</a> - sitio web en español
</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Support--Professional_support"></a>22.2. Soporte profesional
</h3></div></div></div><p>Lists of companies providing professional support are available from <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Help/ProfessionalHelp</a>.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="Features"></a>23. Nuevas características en Debin Edu Jessie
</h2></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Features--New_features_for_Debian_Edu_8.2B-edu1_Codename_Jessie"></a>23.1. New features for Debian Edu 8+edu1 Codename Jessie
</h3></div></div></div><p>This is the second release of Debian Edu Jessie. Please report feedback to
<a class="ulink" href="mailto:debian-edu@lists.debian.org" target="_top">debian-edu@lists.debian.org</a>!
</p><p>Debian Edu 8+edu1 Codename Jessie is a bugfix release which aggregates
several bugfixes from Debian jessie point releases, resulting in new
installation media.
</p><p>If you are already running Debian Edu 8+edu0 Jessie, <span class="strong"><strong>apt upgrade</strong></span> is sufficient to upgrade to Debian Edu
8+edu1.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Features--New_features_for_Debian_Edu_8.2B-edu0_Codename_Jessie"></a>23.2. New features for Debian Edu 8+edu0 Codename Jessie
</h3></div></div></div><p>This is the first release of Debian Edu Jessie. It was released on <a class="ulink" href="https://www.debian.org/News/2016/20160702" target="_top">July 2nd 2016</a>.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Features--Installation_changes"></a>23.2.1. Installation changes
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Nueva versión de debian-installer de Debian Jessie, vea el <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/installmanual" target="_top">manual de
instalación</a> para más detalles.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Features--Software_updates"></a>23.2.2. Actualizaciones de software
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Everything which is new in Debian 8 Jessie, eg:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>Linux kernel 3.16.x
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desktop environments KDE Plasma Workspace 4.11.13, GNOME 3.14, Xfce 4.10,
LXDE 0.5.6
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: square; "><li class="listitem"><p>new optional desktop environment: MATE 1.8
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>KDE Plasma Workspace is installed by default; to choose one of the others
see this manual.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>the browsers Iceweasel 31 ESR and Chromium 41
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>LibreOffice 4.3.3
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Educational toolbox GCompris 14.12
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Music creator Rosegarden 14.02
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>GOsa 2.7.4
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>LTSP 5.5.4
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>new boot framework: systemd. More information is available in the Debian
<a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.debian.org/systemd" target="_top">systemd wiki page</a> and
in the<a class="ulink" href="http://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/" target="_top">systemd
manual</a>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Debian Jessie includes about 42000 packages available for installation.
</p></li></ul></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>More information about Debian 8 Jessie is provided in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/releasenotes" target="_top">release
notes</a> and the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/releases/jessie/installmanual" target="_top">installation
manual</a>.
</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Features--Documentation_and_translation_updates"></a>23.2.3. Actualizaciones en documentación y traducciones
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates
are now available in 29 languages.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Two manual translations have been completed: Dutch and Norwegian Bokmål.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The Debian Edu Jessie Manual is fully translated to German, French, Italian,
Danish, Dutch and Norwegian Bokmål. A partly translated version exists for
Spanish.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Features--Other_changes_compared_to_the_previous_release"></a>23.2.4. Other changes compared to the previous release
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>squid</em></span>: Shutdown and reboot of the main server takes
longer than before due to a new default setting
<code class="computeroutput">shutdown_lifetime 30 seconds</code>. As an example
the delay could be set to 10 seconds by appending the line
<code class="computeroutput">shutdown_lifetime 10 seconds</code> to
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/squid3/squid.conf</code>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>ssh</em></span>: The root user is no longer allowed to login via
SSH with password. The old default <code class="computeroutput">PermitRootLogin
yes</code> has been replaced with <code class="computeroutput">PermitRootLogin
without-password</code>, so ssh-keys will still work.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>slbackup-php</em></span>: To be able to use the slbackup-php site
(which uses root logins via ssh), <code class="computeroutput">PermitRootLogin
yes</code> has to be set temporarily in
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/ssh/sshd_config</code>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><span class="emphasis"><em>sugar</em></span>: As the Sugar desktop was removed from Debian
Jessie, it is also not available in Debian Edu jessie.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="Features--Known_issues"></a>23.2.5. Known issues
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>None yet.
</p></li></ul></div></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="CopyRight"></a>24. Copyright y authores
</h2></div></div></div><p>This document is written and copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007, 2008, 2009,
2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016), Petter Reinholdtsen (2001, 2002,
2003, 2004, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2014), Daniel Heß (2007), Patrick
Winnertz (2007), Knut Yrvin (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007), Ronny Aasen
(2007), Morten Werner Forsbring (2007), Bjarne Nielsen (2007, 2008), Nigel
Barker (2007), José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007), John Bildoy (2007), Joakim
Seeberg (2008), Jürgen Leibner (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2014), Oded Naveh
(2009), Philipp Hübner (2009, 2010), Andreas Mundt (2010), Olivier Vitrat
(2010, 2012), Vagrant Cascadian (2010), Mike Gabriel (2011), Justin B Rye
(2012), David Prévot (2012), Wolfgang Schweer (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015),
Bernhard Hammes (2012) and Joe Hansen (2015) and is released under the GPL2
or any later version. Enjoy!
</p><p>If you add content to it, <span class="strong"><strong>please only do so if you
are the author. You need to release it under the same conditions</strong></span>!
Then add your name here and release it under the "GPL v2 or any later
version" licence.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="CopyRight--Translation_copyright_and_authors"></a>25. Copyright de la traducción y Autores
</h2></div></div></div><p>The Spanish translation is copyrighted by José L. Redrejo Rodríguez (2007),
Rafael Rivas (2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2015) and Norman Garcia (2010, 2012,
2013) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version.
</p><p>The Bokmål translation is copyrighted by Petter Reinholdtsen (2007, 2012,
2014, 2015, 2017), Håvard Korsvoll (2007-2009), Tore Skogly (2008),
Ole-Anders Andreassen (2010), Jan Roar Rød (2010), Ole-Erik Yrvin (2014),
Ingrid Yrvin (2014, 2015, 2016), Hans Arthur Kielland Aanesen (2014), Knut
Yrvin (2014), FourFire Le'bard (2014), Stefan Mitchell-Lauridsen (2014) and
Ragnar Wisløff (2014) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version.
</p><p>The German translation is copyrighted by Holger Levsen (2007), Patrick
Winnertz (2007), Ralf Gesellensetter (2007, 2009), Roland F. Teichert (2007,
2008, 2009), Jürgen Leibner (2007, 2009, 2011, 2014), Ludger Sicking (2008,
2010), Kai Hatje (2008), Kurt Gramlich (2009), Franziska Teichert (2009),
Philipp Hübner (2009), Andreas Mundt (2009, 2010) and Wolfgang Schweer
(2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later
version.
</p><p>The Italian translation is copyrighted by Claudio Carboncini (2007, 2008,
2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016) and Beatrice Torracca (2013,
2014) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version.
</p><p>The French translation is copyrighted by Christophe Masson (2008), Olivier
Vitrat (2010), Cédric Boutillier (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016), Jean-Paul
Guilloneau (2012), David Prévot (2012), Thomas Vincent (2012) and the French
l10n team (2009, 2010, 2012) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later
version.
</p><p>The Danish translation is copyrighted by Joe Hansen (2012, 2013, 2014, 2015,
2016) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version.
</p><p>The Dutch translation is copyrighted by Frans Spiesschaert (2014, 2015,
2016) and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version.
</p><p>The Polish translation is copyrighted by Stanisław Krukowski (2016, 2017)
and is released under the GPL v2 or any later version.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="Translations"></a>26. Traducciones de este documento
</h2></div></div></div><p>Versions of this document fully translated into German, Italian, French,
Danish, Dutch and Norwegian Bokmål are available. An incomplete translation
exists for Spanish. This is an <a class="ulink" href="http://maintainer.skolelinux.org/debian-edu-doc/" target="_top">online overview of
all languages</a>.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="Translations--HowTo_translate_this_document"></a>26.1. HowTo translate this document
</h3></div></div></div><p>As in many free software projects, translations of this document are kept in
PO files. More information about the process can be found in
<code class="computeroutput">/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-jessie-manual-translations</code>.
The Git repository (see below) contains this file too. Take a look there and
at the <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Contribute/Translation/Conventions#" target="_top">language
specific conventions</a> if you want to help translating this document.
</p><p>To commit your translations you need to be a member of the Alioth project
<code class="computeroutput">debian-edu</code>. If your Alioth username differs
from your local one, create or edit
<code class="computeroutput">~/.ssh/config</code>. There should be an entry
like:
</p><pre class="screen">Host git.debian.org
User <your-alioth-username></pre><p> Then check out the <code class="computeroutput">debian-edu-doc</code> source
using ssh access: <code class="computeroutput">git clone
git+ssh://git.debian.org/git/debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git</code>
</p><p>If you only want to translate, you just need to check out some files from
Git (which can be done anonymously) and create patches. Please file a bug
against the debian-edu-doc package and attach the PO file to the <a class="ulink" href="http://bugs.debian.org/debian-edu-doc" target="_top">bugreport</a>. You can find
some <a class="ulink" href="http://bugs.debian.org" target="_top">instructions on how to submit
bugs</a> here.
</p><p>You can check out the <code class="computeroutput">debian-edu-doc</code> source
anonymously with the following command (you need to have the
<code class="computeroutput">git</code> package installed for this to work):
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p><code class="computeroutput">git clone
git://anonscm.debian.org/debian-edu/debian-edu-doc.git</code>
</p></li></ul></div><p>Then edit the file
<code class="computeroutput">documentation/debian-edu-jessie/debian-edu-jessie-manual.$CC.po</code>
(replacing $CC with your language code). There are many tools for
translating available; we suggest using
<code class="computeroutput">lokalize</code>.
</p><p>Then you either commit the file directly to Git (if you have the rights to
do so) or send the file to the bugreport.
</p><p>To update your local copy of the repository use the following command inside
the <code class="computeroutput">debian-edu-doc</code> directory:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p><code class="computeroutput">git pull</code>
</p></li></ul></div><p>Read
/usr/share/doc/debian-edu-doc/README.debian-edu-jessie-manual-translations
to find information how to create a new PO file for your language if there
isn't one yet, and how to update translations.
</p><p>
Please keep in mind that this manual is still under development, so don't
translate any string which contains " FIXME".
</p><p>Basic information about Alioth (the host where our Git repository is
located) and Git is available at <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/Alioth/Git" target="_top">http://wiki.debian.org/Alioth/Git</a>.
</p><p>If you are new to Git, look at the <a class="ulink" href="http://git-scm.com/book" target="_top">Pro
Git</a> book; it has a chapter on the <a class="ulink" href="http://git-scm.com/book/en/Git-Basics-Recording-Changes-to-the-Repository" target="_top">recording
changes to the repository</a>. Also you might want to look at the
<code class="computeroutput">gitk</code> package that provides a GUI for Git.
</p><p>Please report any problems.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="AppendixA"></a>27. Appendix A - The GNU General Public License
</h2></div></div></div><pre class="screen">Note to translators: there is no need to translate the GPL license text. </pre><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixA--Manual_for_Debian_Edu_8.2B-edu1_Codename_.26quot.3BJessie.26quot.3B"></a>27.1. Manual for Debian Edu 8+edu1 Codename "Jessie"
</h3></div></div></div><p>Copyright (C) 2007-2016 Holger Levsen < <a class="ulink" href="mailto:holger@layer-acht.org" target="_top">holger@layer-acht.org</a> > and
others, see the <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#CopyRight" title="24. Copyright y authores">Copyright chapter</a> for the
full list of copyright owners.
</p><p>This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option)
any later version.
</p><p>This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for
more details.
</p><p>You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
this program; if not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 51
Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixA--GNU_GENERAL_PUBLIC_LICENSE"></a>27.2. LICENCIA PUBLICA GENERAL GNU
</h3></div></div></div><p>Version 2, June 1991
</p><p>Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street,
Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA. Everyone is permitted to copy and
distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not
allowed.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixA--TERMS_AND_CONDITIONS_FOR_COPYING.2C_DISTRIBUTION_AND_MODIFICATION"></a>27.3. TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
</h3></div></div></div><p><span class="strong"><strong>0.</strong></span> This License applies to any program or
other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it
may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License. The
"Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on
the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright
law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it,
either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another
language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the
term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
</p><p>Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered
by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program
is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its
contents constitute a work based on the Program (independent of having been
made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the
Program does.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>1.</strong></span> You may copy and distribute verbatim
copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium,
provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an
appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the
notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and
give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with
the Program.
</p><p>You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you
may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>2.</strong></span> You may modify your copy or copies of
the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program,
and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of
Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p><span class="strong"><strong>a)</strong></span> You must cause the modified files to
carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of
any change.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>b)</strong></span> You must cause any work that you
distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from
the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to
all third parties under the terms of this License.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>c)</strong></span> If the modified program normally reads
commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for
such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an
announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that
there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that
users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the
user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself
is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work
based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
</p></li></ul></div><p>These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable
sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be
reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then
this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you
distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same
sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the
distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose
permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each
and every part regardless of who wrote it.
</p><p>Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your
rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise
the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works
based on the Program.
</p><p>In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with
the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage
or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this
License.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>3.</strong></span> You may copy and distribute the
Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or
executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you
also do one of the following:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem" style="list-style-type: none"><p><span class="strong"><strong>a)</strong></span> Accompany it with the complete
corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under
the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for
software interchange; or,
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>b)</strong></span> Accompany it with a written offer,
valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no
more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete
machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed
under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for
software interchange; or,
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>c)</strong></span> Accompany it with the information you
received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This
alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you
received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer,
in accord with Subsection b above.)
</p></li></ul></div><p>The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making
modifications to it. For an executable work, complete source code means all
the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface
definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and
installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source
code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in
either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel,
and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that
component itself accompanies the executable.
</p><p>If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to
copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the
source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code,
even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with
the object code.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>4.</strong></span> You may not copy, modify, sublicense,
or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License.
Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Program
is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this
License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you
under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such
parties remain in full compliance.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>5.</strong></span> You are not required to accept this
License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you
permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works.
These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License.
Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on
the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all
its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the Program
or works based on it.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>6.</strong></span> Each time you redistribute the Program
(or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a
license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the Program
subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further
restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You
are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this
License.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>7.</strong></span> If, as a consequence of a court
judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not
limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court
order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this
License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you
cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under
this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you
may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license
would not permit royalty-free redistribution of the Program by all those who
receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you
could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from
distribution of the Program.
</p><p>If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any
particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and
the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
</p><p>It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents
or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims;
this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free
software distribution system, which is implemented by public license
practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range
of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent
application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or
she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a
licensee cannot impose that choice.
</p><p>This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a
consequence of the rest of this License.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>8.</strong></span> If the distribution and/or use of the
Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by
copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program
under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation
excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or
among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates
the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>9.</strong></span> The Free Software Foundation may
publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public License from time
to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present
version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
</p><p>Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program
specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any
later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions
either of that version or of any later version published by the Free
Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of
this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software
Foundation.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>10.</strong></span> If you wish to incorporate parts of
the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are
different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is
copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software
Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be
guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of
our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software
generally.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>NO WARRANTY</strong></span>
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>11.</strong></span> BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE
OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY
APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT
HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF
ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH
YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL
NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>12.</strong></span> IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY
APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY
OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED
ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL,
INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO
USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING
RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE
OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR
OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
</p><p><span class="strong"><strong>END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS</strong></span>
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="AppendixB"></a>28. Apéndice B - Aún no hay CD/DVDs vivo de Debian Edu Jessie
</h2></div></div></div><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> Debian Edu Live CD/DVDs for Jessie are not available at the moment, but
might be added eventually.
</p><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixB--Features_of_the_Standalone_image"></a>28.1. Features of the Standalone image
</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>XFCE desktop
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>All packages from the Standalone profile
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Todos los paquetes de la tarea «laptop»
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixB--Features_of_the_Workstation_image"></a>28.2. Features of the Workstation image
</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>XFCE desktop
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>All packages from the Workstation profile
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Todos los paquetes de la tarea «laptop»
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixB--Activating_translations_and_regional_support"></a>28.3. Activando el soporte regional y traducciones
</h3></div></div></div><p>To activate a specific translation, boot using
<code class="computeroutput">locale=ll_CC.UTF-8</code> as a boot option, where
ll_CC.UTF-8 is the locale name you want. To activate a given keyboard
layout, use the <code class="computeroutput">keyb=KB</code> option where KB is
the desired keyboard layout. Here is a list of commonly used locale codes:
</p><div class="informaltable"><table border="1"><colgroup><col class="col_0" /><col class="col_1" /><col class="col_2" /></colgroup><tbody><tr><td>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Lenguaje (Región)</strong></span>
</p></td><td>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Valores local</strong></span>
</p></td><td>
<p> <span class="strong"><strong>Distribución del teclado</strong></span>
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Noruego (Bokmål)
</p></td><td>
<p> nb_NO.UTF-8
</p></td><td>
<p> no
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Noruego (Nynorsk)
</p></td><td>
<p> nn_NO.UTF-8
</p></td><td>
<p> no
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Alemán
</p></td><td>
<p> de_DE.UTF-8
</p></td><td>
<p> de
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Francés (Francia)
</p></td><td>
<p> fr_FR.UTF-8
</p></td><td>
<p> fr
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Griego (Grecia)
</p></td><td>
<p> el_GR.UTF-8
</p></td><td>
<p> el
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Japonés
</p></td><td>
<p> ja_JP.UTF-8
</p></td><td>
<p> jp
</p></td></tr><tr><td>
<p> Sami del Norte (Noruega)
</p></td><td>
<p> se_NO
</p></td><td>
<p> no(smi)
</p></td></tr></tbody></table></div><p>La lista completa de los códigos locales esta disponible en
<code class="computeroutput">/usr/share/i18n/SUPPORTED</code>, pero únicamente
los locales con UTF-8 son soportados por la imagen «live». No todas las
traducciones locales tienen instalación. Las distribuciones de teclados
pueden ser encontradas en /usr/share/keymaps/i386/.
</p></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixB--Stuff_to_know"></a>28.4. Cosas para saber
</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>The password for the user is "user"; root has no passwd set.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixB--Known_issues_with_the_image"></a>28.5. Problemas conocidos con la imágen
</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p><span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/alert.png" alt="/!\" /></span> There are no images yet <span class="inlinemediaobject"><img src="./debian-edu-jessie-manual-images/sad.png" alt=":(" /></span>
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixB--Download"></a>28.6. Descarga
</h3></div></div></div><p>The image would be (but currently isn't) available via <a class="ulink" href="ftp://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-jessie-live/" target="_top">FTP</a>, <a class="ulink" href="http://ftp.skolelinux.org/cd-jessie-live/" target="_top">HTTP</a> or rsync from
<code class="computeroutput">ftp.skolelinux.org</code> under
<code class="computeroutput">cd-jessie-live/</code>.
</p></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h2 class="title" style="clear: both"><a id="AppendixC"></a>29. Apéndice C - Características de publicaciones anteriores
</h2></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_7.1.2B-edu0_Codename_Wheezy_released_2013-09-28"></a>29.1. New features in Debian Edu 7.1+edu0 Codename Wheezy released 2013-09-28
</h3></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--User_visible_changes"></a>29.1.1. User visible changes
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Updated artwork and new Debian Edu / Skolelinux logo, visible during
installation, in the login screen and as desktop wallpaper.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Installation_changes"></a>29.1.2. Installation changes
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>New version of debian-installer from Debian Wheezy, see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual" target="_top">installation
manual</a> for more details.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The DVD image was dropped, instead we added a USB flash drive / Blu-ray disc
image, which behaves like the DVD image, but is too big to fit on a DVD.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Software_updates"></a>29.1.3. Actualizaciones de software
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Todo lo nuevo en Debian Wheezy 7.1, por ejemplo:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>Linux kernel 3.2.x
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desktop environments KDE "Plasma" 4.8.4, GNOME 3.4, Xfce 4.8.6, and LXDE
0.5.5 (KDE "Plasma" is installed by default; to choose GNOME, Xfce or LXDE:
see manual.)
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Web browser Iceweasel 17 ESR
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>LibreOffice 3.5.4
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>LTSP 5.4.2
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>GOsa 2.7.4
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>CUPS print system 1.5.3
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Educational toolbox GCompris 12.01
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Music creator Rosegarden 12.04
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Image editor Gimp 2.8.2
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Virtual universe Celestia 1.6.1
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Virtual stargazer Stellarium 0.11.3
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Scratch visual programming environment 1.4.0.6
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>New version of debian-installer from Debian Wheezy, see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual" target="_top">installation
manual</a> for more details.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Debian Wheezy includes about 37000 packages available for installation.
</p></li></ul></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>More information about Debian Wheezy 7.1 is provided in the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/releasenotes" target="_top">release
notes</a> and the <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/releases/wheezy/installmanual" target="_top">installation
manual</a>.
</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Documentation_and_translation_updates"></a>29.1.4. Actualizaciones en documentación y traducciones
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates
are now available in 29 languages.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The Debian Edu Wheezy Manual is fully translated to German, French, Italian
and Danish. Partly translated versions exist for Norwegian Bokmål and
Spanish.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--LDAP_related_changes"></a>29.1.5. LDAP related changes
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Slight changes to some objects and acls to have more types to choose from
when adding systems in GOsa. Now systems can be of type server, workstation,
printer, terminal or netdevice.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Other_changes"></a>29.1.6. Other changes
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>New Xfce desktop task.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>LTSP diskless workstations run without any configuration.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>On the dedicated client network of thin client servers (default
192.168.0.0/24), machines run by default as diskless workstations if they
are powerful enough.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>GOsa gui: Now some options that seemed to be available, but are non
functional, are greyed out (or are not clickable). Some tabs are completely
hidden to the end user, others even to the GOsa admin.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Known_issues"></a>29.1.7. Known issues
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Using KDE "Plasma" on standalone and roaming workstations, at least
Konqueror, Chromium and Step sometimes fail to work out-of-the box when the
machines are used outside the backbone network, proxy use is required to use
the other network but no wpad.dat information is found. Workaround: Use
Iceweasel or configure the proxy manually.
</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Changes_for_Debian_Edu_6.0.7.2B-r1_Codename_.26quot.3BSqueeze.26quot.3B_released_2013-03-03"></a>29.2. Cambios en Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 nombre código "Squeeze" publicado el
03-03-2013
</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Debian Edu 6.0.7+r1 Codename "Squeeze" is an incremental update to Debian
Edu 6.0.4+r0, containing all the changes between Debian 6.0.4 and 6.0.7 as
well as the following changes:
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>sitesummary was updated from 0.1.3 to 0.1.8
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>Make Nagios configuration more robust and efficient
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Comply with 3.X kernel
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>debian-edu-doc from 1.4~20120310~6.0.4+r0 to 1.4~20130228~6.0.7+r1
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>Minor updates from the wiki
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Danish translation now complete
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>debian-edu-config from 1.453 to 1.455
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>Fix /etc/hosts for LTSP diskless workstations. Closes: #699880
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Make ltsp_local_mount script work for multiple devices.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Correct Kerberos user policy: don't expire password after 2 days. Closes:
#664596
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Handle '#' characters in the root or first users password. Closes: #664976
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Fixes for gosa-sync:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: square; "><li class="listitem"><p>Don't fail if password contains "
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Don't disclose new password string in syslog
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Fixes for gosa-create:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: square; "><li class="listitem"><p>Invalidate libnss cache before applying changes
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Multiple failures during mass user import into GOsa²
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>gosa-netgroups plugin: don't erase entries of attribute type
"memberNisNetgroup". Closes: #687256
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>First user now uses the same Kerberos policy as all other users
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Add Danish web page
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>debian-edu-install from 1.528 to 1.530
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>Improve preseeding support and documentation
</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_6.0.4.2B-r0_Codename_.26quot.3BSqueeze.26quot.3B_released_2012-03-11"></a>29.3. New features in Debian Edu 6.0.4+r0 Codename "Squeeze" released 2012-03-11
</h3></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Appendix_C_-_Features_in_older_releases--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_6.0.4.2B-r0_Codename_.26quot.3BSqueeze.26quot.3B_released_2012-03-11--User_visible_changes"></a>29.3.1. User visible changes
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Updated artwork and new Debian Edu / Skolelinux logo, visible during
installation, in the login screen and as desktop wallpaper.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Replace LWAT with GOsa² as the LDAP administration interface. See below and
the <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/GettingStarted#" target="_top">Getting
started chapter</a> of the manual for more information on GOsa².
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>See below for a list of updated software.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Show welcome page to users when they first log in. This default start page
for Iceweasel is fetched from LDAP at installation and boot time for
networked profiles. Set to <a class="ulink" href="http://www.skolelinux.org/" target="_top">http://www.skolelinux.org/</a> for
Standalone installations.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>New LXDE desktop option, in addition to KDE (default) and GNOME. As the
GNOME option, the LXDE desktop option is only supported by the CD
installation method.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Speed up LTSP client boot.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Provide a KDE menu entry for changing the password in GOsa².
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>For more information on how to change passwords (including expired passwords
at the KDM/GDM login prompt), please see the <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/Users#" target="_top">HowTos
for users</a> chapter of the manual.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Add link to <a class="ulink" href="http://linuxsignpost.org/" target="_top">http://linuxsignpost.org/</a> on the start page shown
to new users.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>All LTSP servers are also <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/HowTo/NetworkClients#Remote_Desktop_Service" target="_top">RDP
servers</a> by default.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Improve handling of removable media on thin clients. Show desktop
notification longer when inserting new media and provide an option to start
dolphin when such media is inserted.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Appendix_C_-_Features_in_older_releases--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_6.0.4.2B-r0_Codename_.26quot.3BSqueeze.26quot.3B_released_2012-03-11--Installation_changes"></a>29.3.2. Installation changes
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>New version of debian-installer from Debian Squeeze, see <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/installmanual" target="_top">installation
manual</a> for more details.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Since root logins are no longer allowed when using gdm/kdm, a user in LDAP
is set up during installation of the Main Server. This user is up as GOsa²
administrator and is also granted sudo access. The Debian Edu menu
reordering has been enabled as well, by adding the user also to the
<code class="computeroutput">teachers</code> group.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The <code class="computeroutput">.iso</code> images can directly be copied onto
USB flash drives, for example by using <code class="computeroutput">dd</code>
or even <code class="computeroutput">cat</code>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>New roaming workstation profile for laptops.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Device access for all users is handled by <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.debian.org/PolicyKit#" target="_top">PolicyKit</a>, and no extra
group memberships are needed to get access to devices.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A warning will be issued when installing on too small disks for the selected
profile.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Simplify partitioning for Standalone installs to only have a separate /home/
but no seperate /usr anymore.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>More tests in the test suite, and fix for some of the tests that failed
earlier.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Make sure to report an error and abort the installation when trying to use
the netinst images without a working Internet connection, instead of
silently installing a broken system.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Appendix_C_-_Features_in_older_releases--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_6.0.4.2B-r0_Codename_.26quot.3BSqueeze.26quot.3B_released_2012-03-11--Software_updates"></a>29.3.3. Actualizaciones de software
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Everything which is new in Debian Squeeze:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>compatibility with the FHS v2.3 and software developed for version 3.2 of
the LSB.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Linux kernel 2.6.32
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Desktop environments KDE "Plasma" 4.4 and GNOME 2.30
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Web browser Iceweasel 3.5
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>OpenOffice.org 3.2.1
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Educational toolbox GCompris 9.3
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Music creator Rosegarden 10.04.2
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Image editor Gimp 2.6.10
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Virtual universe Celestia 1.6.0
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Virtual stargazer Stellarium 0.10.4
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Debian Squeeze includes over 10,000 new packages available for installation,
including the browser Chromium
</p></li></ul></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>Más información sobre Debian Squeeze 6.0 puede ser encontrada en las <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/releasenotes" target="_top">notas de
publicación</a> y el <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/releases/squeeze/installmanual" target="_top">manual de
instalación</a>.
</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Infrastructural_changes"></a>29.3.4. Infrastructural changes
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>The 10.0.0.0/8 network is used instead of 10.0.2.0/23, and the default
gateway is 10.0.0.1/8, not 10.0.2.1/8 as used in the past.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>The dynamic DHCP range was extended on the backbone network to around 4k IP
addresses, and around 200 IP addresses for the thin client network.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The DHCP network for 10.0.0.0/8 has been renamed from
<code class="computeroutput">barebone</code> to
<code class="computeroutput">intern</code>
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>There are no pre-defined host entries for client systems in DNS anymore
(staticXX, ..., dhcpYY...)
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>MIT Kerberos5 used for user authentication, enabled for:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>PAM
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>IMAP
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>SMTP
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>NFSv4, but without added Kerberos privacy/integrity/authentication. The
machines still have to be added to the
<code class="computeroutput">workstation</code> netgroup to be able to mount
the home directories
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Full Samba NT4 domain support for Windows XP/Vista/7
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>A complete PXE boot environment is setup when installing from the DVD, so
that further installations can be done using PXE network installs only. A
new script pxe-addfirmware is provided to support more hardware models
needing firmware.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Remove all hard coded settings on workstations, and configure workstations
and roaming workstations using settings detected from the environment using
DNS, DHCP and LDAP. See this <a class="ulink" href="http://people.skolelinux.org/pere/blog/No_hardcoded_config_on_Debian_Edu_clients.html" target="_top">blog
post with more information on the changes</a>.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Appendix_C_-_Features_in_older_releases--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_6.0.4.2B-r0_Codename_.26quot.3BSqueeze.26quot.3B_released_2012-03-11--Documentation_and_translation_updates"></a>29.3.5. Actualizaciones en documentación y traducciones
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Translation updates for the templates used in the installer. These templates
are now available in 28 languages.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The Debian Edu Squeeze Manual has generally been cleaned up and improved. A
proof-read with corrections was done by a native English linguist.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The Debian Edu Squeeze Manual is fully translated to German, French and
Italian. Partly translated versions exist for Danish (new), Norwegian Bokmål
and Spanish.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Improvements to many language tasks, especially French and Danish.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Improvements to the welcome web page shown at first logins.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>Add new Japanese, Portuguese and Catalan translations of the welcome web
page.
</p></li></ul></div></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Regressions"></a>29.3.6. Regressions
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p><a class="ulink" href="http://lists.debian.org/20100810061204.GD7929@login2.uio.no" target="_top">CD
and DVD installs are different</a> - the DVD is only suitable for
installing a KDE environemnt.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Drop support for <code class="computeroutput">powerpc</code> architecture from
netinst installation CDs. It is still possible to run Debian Edu on
<code class="computeroutput">powerpc</code>, but installation is less
automated.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Drop gtick in the default installation, because it doesn't work on thin
clients (BTS #566335).
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--New_administration_tool:_GOsa.2BALI-"></a>29.3.7. New administration tool: GOsa²
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>gosa (2.6.11-3+squeeze1~edu+1) from the upcoming 6.0.5 Debian point release,
with:
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>Fix DHCP host removal. Closes: #650258
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Backport user generator unicode character transliteration. Closes: #657086
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Customized GOsa² configuration to better suit the Debian Edu network
architecture.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>GOsa² updates DNS and NFS exports immediately when a system is updated in
LDAP, making diskless workstations work right after they are added to the
required netgroup.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Provide script sitesummary2ldapdhcp to update or populate GOsa² with system
objects using information gathered by sitesummary, to make it easier to add
new computers to the network.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--More_software_changes"></a>29.3.8. More software changes
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Add video editor Kdenlive 0.7.7 and interactive geometry tool Geogebra
3.2.42
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Change default package manager from adept to synaptic, to avoid getting two
graphical package managers installed by default.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Install openoffice.org-kde by default ensure OOo uses KDE file dialogs in
KDE.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Change video player setup to install different players in KDE
(dragonplayer), GNOME (totem) and LXDE (totem).
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Add KDE tools freespacenotifier, kinfocenter, update-notifier-kde to the
default KDE installation.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Replace network-manager-kde with plasma-widget-networkmanagement in the
standalone KDE profile
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Install usb-modeswitch on laptops to handle dual mode USB devices.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Add cifs-utils to the default installation to ensure SMB mounting can work
in any profile.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Drop octave, gpscorrelate, qlandkartegt, viking, starplot, kig, kseg, luma,
and valgrind from the default installation and the DVD to make room for
higher priority packages.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Drop libnss-mdns from stationary profiles, to make sure DNS is the
authoritive source of host names.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p><code class="computeroutput">freerdp-x11</code> is installed by default as RDP
and VNC client. (Previously <code class="computeroutput">rdesktop</code> was
installed instead.)
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Other_LDAP_related_changes"></a>29.3.9. Other LDAP related changes
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Make the LDAP server handle more clients after increasing the server's file
descriptor limit from 1024 to 32768.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Add code to re-enable stopped CUPS queues every hour on the Main Server, and
flush all CUPS queues every night. Both can be disabled in LDAP.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Provide network blocking / exam mode by default, controlled by LDAP. In
addition to network blocking, changes to the Squid proxy configuration is
needed.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Enable automatic extending of full file systems on the Main Server by
default. This can be disabled in LDAP.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Change SSL certificate name used by the LDAP server and adjust clients to
use the new name to be able to enable certificate checking on clients.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Switch PowerDNS to use strict LDAP mode, to allow us to simplify the LDAP
setup used for DNS.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Simplify autofs LDAP rules to make sure they work with extra home directory
partitions exported from the main-server without any changes.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Make backup system more robust in handling LDAP database dump and restart.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h4 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Appendix_C_-_Features_in_older_releases--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_6.0.4.2B-r0_Codename_.26quot.3BSqueeze.26quot.3B_released_2012-03-11--Other_changes"></a>29.3.10. Other changes
</h4></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Root logins are denied for both KDM and GDM - see above and <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Squeeze/GettingStarted#" target="_top">Getting
started</a> for details.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Clients set up to shut down at night will stay up for at least an hour if
they are turned on manually between 16:00 and 07:00.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Additionally use local NTP clock on the main-server to ensure clients and
server sync clocks also when disconnected from the Internet.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Access to Debian repositories is always done via a proxy on the main server
- read more about the implementation details <a class="ulink" href="http://lists.debian.org/20100704221022.GC30542@login1.uio.no" target="_top">using
DHCP and WPAD</a>
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The home0 partition is mounted nosuid, to increase security.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Change KDE/Akonadi configuration to reduce the disk footprint of every user
from 144 to 24 MiB.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nueva herramienta notify-local-users para enviar notificaciones de
escritorio a todos los usuarios registrados en una computadora. Útil en
servidores de clientes ligeros.
</p></li></ul></div></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--New_in_Debian_Edu_5.0.6.2B-edu1_Codename_.26quot.3BLenny.26quot.3B_released_2010-10-05"></a>29.4. Nuevas características en 5.0.6+edu1 nombre código "Lenny", publicado el
05-10-2010
</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Everything that is new in Debian <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/News/2010/20100626" target="_top">5.0.5</a> and <a class="ulink" href="http://www.debian.org/News/2010/20100904" target="_top">5.0.6</a>, which includes
support for some new hardware. 5.0.5 and 5.0.6 are maintenance releases and
generally don't add new features
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Several bugfixes, including fixes for Skolelinux bugs #1436, #1427, #1441,
#1413, #1450 and Debian bugs #585966, #585772, #585968, #586035 and #585966
plus several which were not filed
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Merge new web pages from Squeeze - the text is the same, but it provides a
new translation for <code class="computeroutput">zh</code>, complete
translations for all included languages
(<code class="computeroutput">de</code>, <code class="computeroutput">es</code>,
<code class="computeroutput">fr</code>, <code class="computeroutput">it</code>,
<code class="computeroutput">nb</code>, <code class="computeroutput">nl</code>,
<code class="computeroutput">ru</code>, <code class="computeroutput">zh</code>),
and a rename of the <code class="computeroutput">.no</code> page to
<code class="computeroutput">.nb</code> to reflect the language used
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Debian-edu-install: Slovak translation added, updates to German, Basque,
Italian, Bokmål, Vietnamese and Chinese translations.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Debian-edu-doc: improvements to Italian, Bokmål and German translations as
well as overall content and layout
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sitesummary: various improvements; most notably, several Nagios checks were
added to monitor system health
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Shutdown-at-night: fix #1435 (did not work with the LDAP host groups
populated by lwat).
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--New_features_in_Debian_Edu_5.0.4.2B-edu0_Codename_.26quot.3BLenny.26quot.3B_released_2010-02-08"></a>29.5. Nuevas características en Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0 "Lenny" publicado el
2010-02-08
</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Everything that is new in Debian 5.0.4; see the <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#AppendixC--New_features_in_Debian_5.0.4_upon_which_Debian_Edu_5.0.4.2B-edu0_is_based" title="29.6. Nuevas características en Debian 5.0.4, sistema en el cual esta basado Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0">following
paragraph</a> for details.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>More than 80 applications relevant for education are included based on user
feedback and user statistics (through <a class="ulink" href="http://popcon.skolelinux.org/" target="_top">Debian Edu popularity contest</a>).
The full list of packages is given in the <a class="ulink" href="http://blends.alioth.debian.org/edu/tasks/" target="_top">task overview page</a>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Escritorio para los estudiantes mejorado con accesos directos a software
educativo como GCompris, Kalzium, Kgeography, KMplot, KStars, Stopmotion y
OpenOffice Write e Impress.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Iconos dinámicos del escritorio y opciones del menú son ajustadas basada en
el grupo de usuarios
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>GNOME added as a supported desktop; see the <a class="link" href="debian-edu-jessie-manual.html#Installation" title="6. Instalación y opciones de descarga">Installation chapter</a> to learn how to install
with GNOME instead of KDE as desktop.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Soporte para más de 50 idiomas.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Sistema mejorado para administración de usuarios e identificación de
computadoras.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Mejoras en la configuración de clientes sin disco y clientes ligeros.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nuevo menú inicio permite a los usuarios elegir entre estación de trabajo
sin disco, cliente ligero y estación de trabajo.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Opción de estación de trabajo sin disco es instalada pero no activada por
defecto en los servidores con el perfil servidor de clientes ligeros.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Main-server is set up as a PXE server for booting thin clients and diskless
workstations, and for installing to clients' hard or flash drives.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>The configuration for DNS and DHCP is stored in LDAP and can be edited using
<code class="computeroutput">lwat</code>. The DNS server has been switched from
<code class="computeroutput">bind9</code> to
<code class="computeroutput">powerdns</code>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>LDAP server for directory services (NSS) is located using a SRV record in
DNS instead of hardcoding the 'ldap' DNS name. LDAP server for password
checks (PAM) is still using the hardcoded 'ldap' DNS name.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Multi-architecture (amd64/i386/powerpc) net installer CD.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>(Most) Packages are downloaded over the Internet.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Multi-architecture (amd64/i386) installer DVD capable of installing without
network.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>PulseAudio is provided in addition to ALSA and OSS for sound on workstations
and diskless workstation machines.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>El perfil <span class="emphasis"><em>Básico</em></span> ha sido renombrado a
<span class="emphasis"><em>Mínimo</em></span>, para ser más acorde.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>La configuración de Nagios3 ahora es automáticamente creada por sitesummary.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>El archivo por usuario <code class="computeroutput">~/.xsession-errors</code>es
seccionado automáticamente cuando el usuario inicia sesión, para evitar
utilizar demasiado espacio en la partición home, con un registro que crece
infinitamente. El usuario puede deshabilitar esto, creando
<code class="computeroutput">~/.xsession-errors-enable</code>. . El
administrador puede configurar el sistema para redireccionar el archivo a
/dev/null editando
<code class="computeroutput">/etc/X11/Xsession.d/05debian-edu-truncate-xerrorlog</code>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Para una fácil instalación de Debian Edu en la que pudiese necesitar
firmware no-libre, el CD como el DVD incluyen el siguiente firmware:
firmware-bnx2, firmware-bnx2x, firmware-ipw2x00, firmware-iwlwifi,
firmware-qlogic and firmware-ralink.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--New_features_in_Debian_5.0.4_upon_which_Debian_Edu_5.0.4.2B-edu0_is_based"></a>29.6. Nuevas características en Debian 5.0.4, sistema en el cual esta basado
Debian Edu 5.0.4+edu0
</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>El nuevo Kernel Linux 2.6.26 soporta ms hardware
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>With this release, Debian GNU/Linux updates from X.Org 7.1 to X.Org 7.3
(which includes support of newer hardware) and now includes the desktop
environments KDE 3.5.10 and GNOME 2.22. Updates of other desktop
applications include Iceweasel (version 3.0.6, which is the unbranded
Firefox web browser) and Icedove (version 2.0.0.19, which is the unbranded
Thunderbird mail client) as well as upgrades to Evolution 2.22.3, <a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.debian.org/OpenOffice#" target="_top">OpenOffice</a>.org 2.4.1, and
Pidgin 2.4.3 (formerly known as Gaim). SWI-prolog is back.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Instalación desde CD/DVD desde windows
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Se cambio de sysklogd a rsyslog como el colector de registros del sistema.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Para mayor información, visite la página <a class="ulink" href="http://wiki.debian.org/NewInLenny" target="_top">Lo nuevo en Lenny</a>
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--New_features_in_the_.26quot.3B3.0r1_Terra.26quot.3B_release_2007-12-05"></a>29.7. Características nuevas en la versión "3.0 Terra" publicado el 12-05-2007
</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Much improved documentation with updated translations to German, Norwegian
Bokmål and Italian
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Includes more than 40 bug fixes, improvements and security updates that came
to our attention after the 3.0r0 release
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--New_features_in_the_.26quot.3B3.0r0_Terra.26quot.3B_release_2007-07-22"></a>29.8. New features in the "3.0r0 Terra" release 2007-07-22
</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Basado en Debian 4.0 Etch publicación en 2007-04-08
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Instalador gráfico con soporte para mouse
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Boot splash con usplash
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>comatible con LSB 3.1
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Versión del kernel linux 2.6.18
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>soporte para controladoras SATA y discos rígidos
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Versión de X 7.1.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Ambiente gráfico KDE 3.5.5
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>OpenOffice versión 2.0
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>LTSP5 (versión 0.99debian12)
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Inventario automático de equipos instalados utilizando Sitesummary.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Configuración automática de munin utilizando los datos de Sitesummary.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Control automático de versiones de configuración en /etc/ por medio de svk.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>File systems can be extended while the file system is mounted.
</p><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: circle; "><li class="listitem"><p>Support for automatically extending file systems based on predefined rules.
</p></li></ul></div></li><li class="listitem"><p>Soporte de dispositivos locales en Clientes ligeros.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Nuevas arquitecturas de procesadores: amd64 (soporte completo) y ppc
(soporte experimental, el sistema de instalación funciona únicamente en la
nueva subarquitectura newworld).
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>DVDs multi-arquitectura para i386, amd64 y powerpc
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>El CD de instalación requiere acceso a internet durante la
instalación. Versiones previas podían instalarse a partir de un CD sin
acceso a internet.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Regresión: <code class="computeroutput">webmin</code> ha sido eliminado de
Debian por problemas de mantenimiento. Hemos agregado una nueva herramienta
de administración de usuarios vía web llamada
<code class="computeroutput">lwat</code>, que no tiene la misma funcionalidad
que la herramienta anterior de administración de usuarios
<code class="computeroutput">wlus</code>. <code class="computeroutput">wlus</code>
requiere de <code class="computeroutput">webmin</code>.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Regression: swi-prolog is not part of Etch, but was part of Sarge. The
<a class="ulink" href="https://wiki.debian.org/DebianEdu/Documentation/Etch/HowTo/TeachAndLearn#" target="_top">HowTo
teach and learn</a> Chapter describes how to install swi-prolog on Etch.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Features_in_2.0_release_2006-03-14"></a>29.9. Características de la versión 2.0 publicada el 14-03-2006
</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Basado en Debian 3.1 Sarge publicado el 06-06-2005.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Linux kernel versión 2.6.8.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>XFree86 versión 4.3.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>KDE versión 3.3.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>OpenOffice versión 1.1.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--Features_in_.26quot.3B1.0_Venus.26quot.3B_release_2004-06-20"></a>29.10. Características de la versión "1.0 venus" publicado el 20-06-2004
</h3></div></div></div><div class="itemizedlist"><ul class="itemizedlist" style="list-style-type: disc; "><li class="listitem"><p>Basado en Debian 3.0 Woody plublicado el 19-07-2002
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>Versión del kernel linux 2.4.26.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>XFree86 versión 4.1.
</p></li><li class="listitem"><p>KDE versión 2.2.
</p></li></ul></div></div><div class="section"><div class="titlepage"><div><div><h3 class="title"><a id="AppendixC--More_information_on_even_older_releases"></a>29.11. Más información sobre versiones más anteriores
</h3></div></div></div><p>Más información sobre versiones más anteriores puede encontrarse en <a class="ulink" href="http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html" target="_top">http://developer.skolelinux.no/info/cdbygging/news.html</a>.
</p></div></div></div><div class="navfooter"><hr /></div></body></html>
|